diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'config')
42 files changed, 18241 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/config/ChangeLog b/config/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aed4694 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +2006-03-09 Paul Smith <psmith@gnu.org> + + * dospaths.m4: Add MSYS to the list of targets allowing DOS-style + pathnames. Reported by David Ergo <david.ergo@alterface.com>. + +2005-07-01 Paul D. Smith <psmith@gnu.org> + + * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added more M4 files to EXTRA_DIST, so + users can re-run aclocal. + +2003-04-30 Paul D. Smith <psmith@gnu.org> + + * dospaths.m4: New macro to test for DOS-style pathnames, based on + coreutils 5.0 "dos.m4" by Jim Meyering. + +2002-04-21 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * codeset.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * glibc21.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * lcmessage.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.1. + * Makefile.am: New file. + + +Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. +This file is part of GNU Make. + +GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the +terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software +Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later +version. + +GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. diff --git a/config/Makefile.am b/config/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..203a5ee --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# -*-Makefile-*-, or close enough +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free +# Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of GNU Make. +# +# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +# Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more +# details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +# this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 isc-posix.m4 nls.m4 \ + intdiv0.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 \ + isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 \ + progtest.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 longlong.m4 \ + dospaths.m4 po.m4 signed.m4 longdouble.m4 wchar_t.m4 \ + wint_t.m4 intmax.m4 printf-posix.m4 xsize.m4 size_max.m4 diff --git a/config/Makefile.in b/config/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41127d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# -*-Makefile-*-, or close enough +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free +# Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of GNU Make. +# +# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +# Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more +# details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +# this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = config +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog \ + compile config.guess config.rpath config.sub depcomp \ + install-sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs texinfo.tex +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/dospaths.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/iconv.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/isc-posix.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/lib-ld.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/lib-link.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/nls.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/config/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/progtest.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@ +GLOBINC = @GLOBINC@ +GLOBLIB = @GLOBLIB@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GREP = @GREP@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ +LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MAKE_HOST = @MAKE_HOST@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +REMOTE = @REMOTE@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 isc-posix.m4 nls.m4 \ + intdiv0.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 \ + isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 \ + progtest.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 longlong.m4 \ + dospaths.m4 po.m4 signed.m4 longdouble.m4 wchar_t.m4 \ + wint_t.m4 intmax.m4 printf-posix.m4 xsize.m4 size_max.m4 + +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu config/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu config/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: + + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile +installdirs: +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \ + distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ + install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ + install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ + install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am + + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/config/codeset.m4 b/config/codeset.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59535eb --- /dev/null +++ b/config/codeset.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>], + [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) + ]) + if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, + [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/compile b/config/compile new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c0096a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/compile @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. + +scriptversion=2009-10-06.20; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. +Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining +arguments, and rename the output as expected. + +If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the +right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "compile $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +ofile= +cfile= +eat= + +for arg +do + if test -n "$eat"; then + eat= + else + case $1 in + -o) + # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. + # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. + eat=1 + case $2 in + *.o | *.obj) + ofile=$2 + ;; + *) + set x "$@" -o "$2" + shift + ;; + esac + ;; + *.c) + cfile=$1 + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + *) + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + esac + fi + shift +done + +if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then + # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a + # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a + # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no + # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also + # ok. + exec "$@" +fi + +# Name of file we expect compiler to create. +cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` + +# Create the lock directory. +# Note: use `[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name +# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected +# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. +lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d +while true; do + if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + break + fi + sleep 1 +done +# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. +trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 + +# Run the compile. +"$@" +ret=$? + +if test -f "$cofile"; then + test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" +elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then + test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" +fi + +rmdir "$lockdir" +exit $ret + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/config/config.guess b/config/config.guess new file mode 100644 index 0000000..115f944 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/config.guess @@ -0,0 +1,1502 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2010-04-03' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + + +# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context +# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog +# entry. +# +# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to +# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and +# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. +# +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free +Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +trap 'exit 1' HUP INT TERM + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a +# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires +# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a +# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. + +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. + +set_cc_for_build=' +trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; +trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" HUP INT PIPE TERM ; +: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || + { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || + { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; +dummy=$tmp/dummy ; +tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; + for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do + if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; + fi ; + done ; + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' + +# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. +# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) +if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH +fi + +UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown +UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown + +# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. + +case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # + # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor + # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". + sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; + arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; + sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; + sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ELF__ + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and + # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need + # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a + # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. + case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in + Debian*) + release='-gnu' + ;; + *) + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + ;; + esac + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:ekkoBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:SolidBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + macppc:MirBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:MirBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + alpha:OSF1:*:*) + case $UNAME_RELEASE in + *4.0) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + ;; + *5.*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on + # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that + # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU + # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. + ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` + case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in + "EV4 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV4.5 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "LCA4 (21066/21068)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV5 (21164)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; + "EV5.7 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; + "EV6 (21264)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + "EV6.7 (21264A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; + "EV6.8CB (21264C)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8AL (21264B)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8CX (21264D)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; + "EV7 (21364)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; + "EV7.9 (21364A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; + esac + # A Pn.n version is a patched version. + # A Vn.n version is a released version. + # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + exit ;; + Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead + # of the specific Alpha model? + echo alpha-pc-interix + exit ;; + 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) + echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 + exit ;; + Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos + exit ;; + *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos + exit ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit ;; + *:z/VM:*:*) + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit ;; + *:OS400:*:*) + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-riscos + exit ;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp + exit ;; + Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) + # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. + if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then + echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 + else + echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd + fi + exit ;; + NILE*:*:*:dcosx) + echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) + echo sparc-icl-nx6 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; + esac ;; + s390x:SunOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + SUN_ARCH="i386" + # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. + # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. + # This test works for both compilers. + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + SUN_ARCH="x86_64" + fi + fi + echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize + # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but + # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. + echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:*:*) + case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in + Series*|S4*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` + ;; + esac + # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. + echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` + exit ;; + sun3*:SunOS:*:*) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` + test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 + case "`/bin/arch`" in + sun3) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + sun4) + echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + esac + exit ;; + aushp:SunOS:*:*) + echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name + # can be virtually everything (everything which is not + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" + # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally + # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + powerpc:machten:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + RISC*:Mach:*:*) + echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 + exit ;; + RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) + echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) + echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) + echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ + int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { +#else + int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { +#endif + #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + exit (-1); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && + dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && + SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-motorola-powermax + exit ;; + Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powerunix + exit ;; + m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) + echo m88k-harris-cxux7 + exit ;; + m88k:*:4*:R4*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 + exit ;; + m88k:*:3*:R3*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then + echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit ;; + M88*:*:R3*:*) + # Delta 88k system running SVR3 + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) + echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 + exit ;; + Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) + echo m68k-tektronix-bsd + exit ;; + *:IRIX*:*:*) + echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` + exit ;; + ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + i*86:AIX:*:*) + echo i386-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ia64:AIX:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit ;; + *:AIX:2:3) + if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include <sys/systemcfg.h> + + main() + { + if (!__power_pc()) + exit(1); + puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); + exit(0); + } +EOF + if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` + then + echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + fi + elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:[456]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 + else + IBM_ARCH=powerpc + fi + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:*) + echo rs6000-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) + echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and + echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to + exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + *:BOSX:*:*) + echo rs6000-bull-bosx + exit ;; + DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) + echo m68k-bull-sysv3 + exit ;; + 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd + exit ;; + hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; + 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 + esac ;; + esac + fi + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include <stdlib.h> + #include <unistd.h> + + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } +EOF + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa + fi ;; + esac + if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] + then + eval $set_cc_for_build + + # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating + # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler + # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: + # + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess + # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess + # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 + + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | + grep -q __LP64__ + then + HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" + else + HP_ARCH="hppa64" + fi + fi + echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit ;; + 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include <unistd.h> + int + main () + { + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns + true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct + results, however. */ + if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) + { + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + } + } + else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) + puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + exit (0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 + exit ;; + 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd + exit ;; + 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd + exit ;; + *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix + exit ;; + hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-osf + exit ;; + hp8??:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-osf + exit ;; + i*86:OSF1:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 + fi + exit ;; + parisc*:Lites*:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-lites + exit ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ + | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ + -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ + -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*TS:*:*:*) + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + pc98) + echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + amd64) + echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + *) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + esac + exit ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin + exit ;; + *:MINGW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 + exit ;; + i*:windows32*:*) + # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + exit ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit ;; + *:Interix*:*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + x86) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + IA64) + echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + esac ;; + [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) + echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks + exit ;; + 8664:Windows_NT:*) + echo x86_64-pc-mks + exit ;; + i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we + # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? + echo i586-pc-interix + exit ;; + i*:UWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin + exit ;; + amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin + exit ;; + p*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin + exit ;; + prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + *:GNU:*:*) + # the GNU system + echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` + exit ;; + *:GNU/*:*:*) + # other systems with GNU libc and userland + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + exit ;; + arm*:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi + fi + exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) + echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) + echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) + echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + LIBC=gnu + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #ifdef __dietlibc__ + LIBC=dietlibc + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'` + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" + exit ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + ;; + or32:Linux:*:*) + echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + padre:Linux:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + esac + exit ;; + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + exit ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + exit ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + xtensa*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both + # sysname and nodename. + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} + exit ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + exit ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + exit ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable + exit ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` + if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} + fi + exit ;; + i*86:*:5:[678]*) + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; + *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} + exit ;; + i*86:*:3.2:*) + if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then + UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL + elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 + fi + exit ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. + # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub + # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that + # this is a cross-build. + echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit ;; + paragon:*:*:*) + echo i860-intel-osf1 + exit ;; + i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 + if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 + else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. + echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 + fi + exit ;; + mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) + # "miniframe" + echo m68010-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) + echo m68k-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) + echo m68k-diab-dnix + exit ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) + OS_REL='' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) + OS_REL='.3' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + echo m68k-atari-sysv4 + exit ;; + TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) + echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:SINIX-*:*:*) + if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 + else + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm + echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:*:*:FTX*) + # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. + echo i860-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos + exit ;; + *:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos + exit ;; + mc68*:A/UX:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) + echo mips-sony-newsos6 + exit ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit ;; + BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. + echo powerpc-apple-beos + exit ;; + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit ;; + BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-haiku + exit ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + i386) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64" + fi + fi ;; + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit ;; + NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-10:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 + exit ;; + *:TENEX:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tenex + exit ;; + KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-dec-tops20 + exit ;; + XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 + exit ;; + *:ITS:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit ;; + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; + esac ;; + *:XENIX:*:SysV) + echo i386-pc-xenix + exit ;; + i*86:skyos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' + exit ;; + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos + exit ;; + i*86:AROS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros + exit ;; +esac + +#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 +#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 + +eval $set_cc_for_build +cat >$dummy.c <<EOF +#ifdef _SEQUENT_ +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/utsname.h> +#endif +main () +{ +#if defined (sony) +#if defined (MIPSEB) + /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, + I don't know.... */ + printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#else +#include <sys/param.h> + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", +#ifdef NEWSOS4 + "4" +#else + "" +#endif + ); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) + printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (NeXT) +#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) +#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" +#endif + int version; + version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; + if (version < 4) + printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + else + printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) +#if defined (UMAXV) + printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if defined (CMU) + printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__386BSD__) + printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (sequent) +#if defined (i386) + printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#if defined (ns32000) + printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (_SEQUENT_) + struct utsname un; + + uname(&un); + + if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); + } + if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); + } + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); + +#endif + +#if defined (vax) +# if !defined (ultrix) +# include <sys/param.h> +# if defined (BSD) +# if BSD == 43 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); +# else +# if BSD == 199006 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) + printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + + exit (1); +} +EOF + +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + +# Apollos put the system type in the environment. + +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } + +# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) + +if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] +then + case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in + c1*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c2*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit ;; + c34*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c38*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c4*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit ;; + esac +fi + +cat >&2 <<EOF +$0: unable to guess system type + +This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize +the operating system you are using. It is advised that you +download the most up to date version of the config scripts from + + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD +and + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD + +If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please +send the following data and any information you think might be +pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess timestamp = $timestamp + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF + +exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config/config.rpath b/config/config.rpath new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4db13e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/config.rpath @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the +# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. +# +# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 +# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld +# should be set by the caller. +# +# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. + +# Known limitations: +# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer +# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only +# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build +# directory and/or the installation directory. + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a +shrext=.so + +host="$1" +host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. + +wl= +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wl='-Wl,' +else + case "$host_os" in + aix*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + mingw* | pw32* | os2*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + linux*) + case $CC in + icc|ecc) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + ccc) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sunos4*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + uts4*) + ;; + esac +fi + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. + +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= +hardcode_libdir_separator= +hardcode_direct=no +hardcode_minus_L=no + +case "$host_os" in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac + +ld_shlibs=yes +if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case "$host_os" in + aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports + # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up + # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked + # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the + # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use + # them. + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + solaris* | sysv5*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + fi +else + case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + esac + fi + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && \ + strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + hardcode_direct=yes + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + esac + fi + # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c + ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest + aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + fi + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + rm -f conftest.c conftest + # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + else + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + fi + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + bsdi4*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + libext=lib + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then + hardcode_direct=no + fi + ;; + dgux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + freebsd2.2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + freebsd2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + freebsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + hpux9*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + hpux10* | hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case "$host_cpu" in + hppa*64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + ia64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=no + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + netbsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + newsos6) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + openbsd*) + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + osf3*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + osf4* | osf5*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv4.3*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + sysv4.2uw2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=no + ;; + sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*) + ;; + sysv5*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + ;; + uts4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac +fi + +# Check dynamic linker characteristics +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +libname_spec='lib$name' +case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + ;; + amigaos*) + ;; + beos*) + ;; + bsdi4*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + shrext=.dll + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + shrext=.dylib + ;; + dgux*) + ;; + freebsd1*) + ;; + freebsd*) + ;; + gnu*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case "$host_cpu" in + ia64*) + shrext=.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext=.sl + ;; + *) + shrext=.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case "$host_os" in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + ;; + linux*) + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + nto-qnx) + ;; + openbsd*) + ;; + os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext=.dll + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + ;; + sunos4*) + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + uts4*) + ;; +esac + +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' +escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` +escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + +sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl="$escaped_wl" + +# Static library suffix (normally "a"). +libext="$libext" + +# Shared library suffix (normally "so"). +shlibext="$shlibext" + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" + +# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator" + +# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct" + +# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L" + +EOF diff --git a/config/config.sub b/config/config.sub new file mode 100644 index 0000000..204218c --- /dev/null +++ b/config/config.sub @@ -0,0 +1,1731 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2010-05-21' + +# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. +# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software +# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. +# +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + + +# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry. +# +# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. +# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. +# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. +# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD + +# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages +# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases +# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations +# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish +# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless +# configuration. + +# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given +# machine specification into a single specification in the form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free +Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit ;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; +esac + +# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). +# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. +maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` +case $maybe_os in + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \ + linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \ + knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ + kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ + storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + os=-$maybe_os + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` + ;; + *) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` + if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] + then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` + else os=; fi + ;; +esac + +### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so +### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also +### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we +### can provide default operating systems below. +case $os in + -sun*os*) + # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. + ;; + -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ + -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ + -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ + -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ + -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ + -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -bluegene*) + os=-cnk + ;; + -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -scout) + ;; + -wrs) + os=-vxworks + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusos*) + os=-chorusos + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -hiux*) + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + -sco6) + os=-sco5v6 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco5) + os=-sco3.2v5 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco4) + os=-sco3.2v4 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2.[4-9]*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2v[4-9]*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco5v6*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco*) + os=-sco3.2v2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -udk*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -isc) + os=-isc2.2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -clix*) + basic_machine=clipper-intergraph + ;; + -isc*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -lynx*) + os=-lynxos + ;; + -ptx*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` + ;; + -windowsnt*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` + ;; + -psos*) + os=-psos + ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; +esac + +# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. +case $basic_machine in + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. + # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | bfin \ + | c4x | clipper \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | fido | fr30 | frv \ + | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | lm32 \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ + | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64el \ + | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ + | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ + | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | moxie \ + | mt \ + | msp430 \ + | nios | nios2 \ + | ns16k | ns32k \ + | or32 \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | pyramid \ + | rx \ + | score \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ + | spu | strongarm \ + | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \ + | ubicom32 \ + | v850 | v850e \ + | we32k \ + | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k | z80) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + c54x) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + ;; + c55x) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + ;; + c6x) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) + ;; + ms1) + basic_machine=mt-unknown + ;; + + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. + i*86 | x86_64) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc + ;; + # Object if more than one company name word. + *-*-*) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. + 580-* \ + | a29k-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ + | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ + | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ + | elxsi-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | h8300-* | h8500-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ + | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | lm32-* \ + | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ + | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \ + | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ + | mips16-* \ + | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ + | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ + | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ + | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ + | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ + | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ + | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ + | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ + | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ + | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mmix-* \ + | mt-* \ + | msp430-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | orion-* \ + | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | pyramid-* \ + | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ + | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ + | sparclite-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ + | tile-* | tilegx-* \ + | tron-* \ + | ubicom32-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | we32k-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ + | ymp-* \ + | z8k-* | z80-*) + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. + xtensa*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. + 386bsd) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-bsd + ;; + 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) + basic_machine=m68000-att + ;; + 3b*) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + a29khif) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + abacus) + basic_machine=abacus-unknown + ;; + adobe68k) + basic_machine=m68010-adobe + os=-scout + ;; + alliant | fx80) + basic_machine=fx80-alliant + ;; + altos | altos3068) + basic_machine=m68k-altos + ;; + am29k) + basic_machine=a29k-none + os=-bsd + ;; + amd64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + ;; + amd64-*) + basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + amdahl) + basic_machine=580-amdahl + os=-sysv + ;; + amiga | amiga-*) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + ;; + amigaos | amigados) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-amigaos + ;; + amigaunix | amix) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-sysv4 + ;; + apollo68) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-sysv + ;; + apollo68bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-bsd + ;; + aros) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-aros + ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=-aux + ;; + balance) + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + blackfin) + basic_machine=bfin-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + blackfin-*) + basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + bluegene*) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-cnk + ;; + c54x-*) + basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c55x-*) + basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c6x-*) + basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c90) + basic_machine=c90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + cegcc) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-cegcc + ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c2) + basic_machine=c2-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c32) + basic_machine=c32-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c34) + basic_machine=c34-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c38) + basic_machine=c38-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + cray | j90) + basic_machine=j90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + craynv) + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; + cr16) + basic_machine=cr16-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + crds | unos) + basic_machine=m68k-crds + ;; + crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) + basic_machine=crisv32-axis + ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; + crx) + basic_machine=crx-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + da30 | da30-*) + basic_machine=m68k-da30 + ;; + decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) + basic_machine=mips-dec + ;; + decsystem10* | dec10*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops10 + ;; + decsystem20* | dec20*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops20 + ;; + delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ + | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) + basic_machine=m68k-motorola + ;; + delta88) + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=-sysv3 + ;; + dicos) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-dicos + ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=-msdosdjgpp + ;; + dpx20 | dpx20-*) + basic_machine=rs6000-bull + os=-bosx + ;; + dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv3 + ;; + ebmon29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-ebmon + ;; + elxsi) + basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi + os=-bsd + ;; + encore | umax | mmax) + basic_machine=ns32k-encore + ;; + es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) + basic_machine=m68k-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + fx2800) + basic_machine=i860-alliant + ;; + genix) + basic_machine=ns32k-ns + ;; + gmicro) + basic_machine=tron-gmicro + os=-sysv + ;; + go32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-go32 + ;; + h3050r* | hiux*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + h8300hms) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + h8300xray) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-xray + ;; + h8500hms) + basic_machine=h8500-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + harris) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-sysv3 + ;; + hp300-*) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp300bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-bsd + ;; + hp300hpux) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-hpux + ;; + hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) + basic_machine=m68000-hp + ;; + hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hppa-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + hppaosf) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-osf + ;; + hppro) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-proelf + ;; + i370-ibm* | ibm*) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + ;; +# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? + i*86v32) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv32 + ;; + i*86v4*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv4 + ;; + i*86v) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv + ;; + i*86sol2) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-solaris2 + ;; + i386mach) + basic_machine=i386-mach + os=-mach + ;; + i386-vsta | vsta) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-vsta + ;; + iris | iris4d) + basic_machine=mips-sgi + case $os in + -irix*) + ;; + *) + os=-irix4 + ;; + esac + ;; + isi68 | isi) + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=-sysv + ;; + m68knommu) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + m68knommu-*) + basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + m88k-omron*) + basic_machine=m88k-omron + ;; + magnum | m3230) + basic_machine=mips-mips + os=-sysv + ;; + merlin) + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=-sysv + ;; + microblaze) + basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx + ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + mingw32ce) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-mingw32ce + ;; + miniframe) + basic_machine=m68000-convergent + ;; + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; + mips3*-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` + ;; + mips3*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown + ;; + monitor) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + morphos) + basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + os=-morphos + ;; + msdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msdos + ;; + ms1-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` + ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=-sysv4 + ;; + netbsd386) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-netbsd + ;; + netwinder) + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel + os=-linux + ;; + news | news700 | news800 | news900) + basic_machine=m68k-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news1000) + basic_machine=m68030-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news-3600 | risc-news) + basic_machine=mips-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + necv70) + basic_machine=v70-nec + os=-sysv + ;; + next | m*-next ) + basic_machine=m68k-next + case $os in + -nextstep* ) + ;; + -ns2*) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + *) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + esac + ;; + nh3000) + basic_machine=m68k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nh[45]000) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nindy960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-nindy + ;; + mon960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-mon960 + ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; + np1) + basic_machine=np1-gould + ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; + op50n-* | op60c-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + os=-proelf + ;; + openrisc | openrisc-*) + basic_machine=or32-unknown + ;; + os400) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-os400 + ;; + OSE68000 | ose68000) + basic_machine=m68000-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + os68k) + basic_machine=m68k-none + os=-os68k + ;; + pa-hitachi) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + paragon) + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=-osf + ;; + parisc) + basic_machine=hppa-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + parisc-*) + basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + pbd) + basic_machine=sparc-tti + ;; + pbb) + basic_machine=m68k-tti + ;; + pc532 | pc532-*) + basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 + ;; + pc98) + basic_machine=i386-pc + ;; + pc98-*) + basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) + basic_machine=i586-pc + ;; + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentium4) + basic_machine=i786-pc + ;; + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) + basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentium4-*) + basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pn) + basic_machine=pn-gould + ;; + power) basic_machine=power-ibm + ;; + ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ;; + ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) + basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown + ;; + ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) + basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown + ;; + ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown + ;; + ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ps2) + basic_machine=i386-ibm + ;; + pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; + rdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-rdos + ;; + rom68k) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + rm[46]00) + basic_machine=mips-siemens + ;; + rtpc | rtpc-*) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + s390 | s390-*) + basic_machine=s390-ibm + ;; + s390x | s390x-*) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + ;; + sa29200) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + sb1) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown + ;; + sb1el) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown + ;; + sde) + basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde + os=-elf + ;; + sei) + basic_machine=mips-sei + os=-seiux + ;; + sequent) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + ;; + sh) + basic_machine=sh-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + sh5el) + basic_machine=sh5le-unknown + ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; + sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) + basic_machine=sparclite-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + sps7) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv2 + ;; + spur) + basic_machine=spur-unknown + ;; + st2000) + basic_machine=m68k-tandem + ;; + stratus) + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=-sysv4 + ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + ;; + sun2os3) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun2os4) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun3os3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun3os4) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4os3) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun4os4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4sol2) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-solaris2 + ;; + sun3 | sun3-*) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + ;; + sun4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) + basic_machine=i386-sun + ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + symmetry) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + t3e) + basic_machine=alphaev5-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + t90) + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + # This must be matched before tile*. + tilegx*) + basic_machine=tilegx-unknown + os=-linux-gnu + ;; + tile*) + basic_machine=tile-unknown + os=-linux-gnu + ;; + tx39) + basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown + ;; + tx39el) + basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown + ;; + toad1) + basic_machine=pdp10-xkl + os=-tops20 + ;; + tower | tower-32) + basic_machine=m68k-ncr + ;; + tpf) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + os=-tpf + ;; + udi29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + ultra3) + basic_machine=a29k-nyu + os=-sym1 + ;; + v810 | necv810) + basic_machine=v810-nec + os=-none + ;; + vaxv) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-sysv + ;; + vms) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-vms + ;; + vpp*|vx|vx-*) + basic_machine=f301-fujitsu + ;; + vxworks960) + basic_machine=i960-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks68) + basic_machine=m68k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks29k) + basic_machine=a29k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + w65*) + basic_machine=w65-wdc + os=-none + ;; + w89k-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + os=-proelf + ;; + xbox) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + xps | xps100) + basic_machine=xps100-honeywell + ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + z8k-*-coff) + basic_machine=z8k-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + z80-*-coff) + basic_machine=z80-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + none) + basic_machine=none-none + os=-none + ;; + +# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in +# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + w89k) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + ;; + op50n) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + op60c) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + romp) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + mmix) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + ;; + rs6000) + basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + ;; + vax) + basic_machine=vax-dec + ;; + pdp10) + # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet + basic_machine=pdp10-unknown + ;; + pdp11) + basic_machine=pdp11-dec + ;; + we32k) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + cydra) + basic_machine=cydra-cydrome + ;; + orion) + basic_machine=orion-highlevel + ;; + orion105) + basic_machine=clipper-highlevel + ;; + mac | mpw | mac-mpw) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + ;; + pmac | pmac-mpw) + basic_machine=powerpc-apple + ;; + *-unknown) + # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. + ;; + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. +case $basic_machine in + *-digital*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` + ;; + *-commodore*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. + +if [ x"$os" != x"" ] +then +case $os in + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. + # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -auroraux) + os=-auroraux + ;; + -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; + -solaris) + os=-solaris2 + ;; + -svr4*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -unixware*) + os=-sysv4.2uw + ;; + -gnu/linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + # First accept the basic system types. + # The portable systems comes first. + # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. + # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ + | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \ + | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ + | -aos* | -aros* \ + | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ + | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ + | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ + | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ + | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ + | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ + | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \ + | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ + | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ + | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ + | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i*86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto-qnx*) + ;; + -nto*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` + ;; + -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + ;; + -mac*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` + ;; + -linux-dietlibc) + os=-linux-dietlibc + ;; + -linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + -sunos5*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` + ;; + -sunos6*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` + ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -os400*) + os=-os400 + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; + -osfrose*) + os=-osfrose + ;; + -osf*) + os=-osf + ;; + -utek*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -dynix*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -acis*) + os=-aos + ;; + -atheos*) + os=-atheos + ;; + -syllable*) + os=-syllable + ;; + -386bsd) + os=-bsd + ;; + -ctix* | -uts*) + os=-sysv + ;; + -nova*) + os=-rtmk-nova + ;; + -ns2 ) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; + # Preserve the version number of sinix5. + -sinix5.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` + ;; + -sinix*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -tpf*) + os=-tpf + ;; + -triton*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -oss*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -svr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -svr3) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -sysvr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + # This must come after -sysvr4. + -sysv*) + ;; + -ose*) + os=-ose + ;; + -es1800*) + os=-ose + ;; + -xenix) + os=-xenix + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + os=-mint + ;; + -aros*) + os=-aros + ;; + -kaos*) + os=-kaos + ;; + -zvmoe) + os=-zvmoe + ;; + -dicos*) + os=-dicos + ;; + -nacl*) + ;; + -none) + ;; + *) + # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. + os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac +else + +# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. +# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their +# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. + +# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, +# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top +# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above +# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating +# system, and we'll never get to this point. + +case $basic_machine in + score-*) + os=-elf + ;; + spu-*) + os=-elf + ;; + *-acorn) + os=-riscix1.2 + ;; + arm*-rebel) + os=-linux + ;; + arm*-semi) + os=-aout + ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic54x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic55x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) + os=-tops20 + ;; + pdp11-*) + os=-none + ;; + *-dec | vax-*) + os=-ultrix4.2 + ;; + m68*-apollo) + os=-domain + ;; + i386-sun) + os=-sunos4.0.2 + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=-sunos3 + # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the + # default. + # os=-sunos4 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=-aout + ;; + mep-*) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-cisco) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-*) + os=-elf + ;; + or32-*) + os=-coff + ;; + *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. + os=-sysv3 + ;; + sparc-* | *-sun) + os=-sunos4.1.1 + ;; + *-be) + os=-beos + ;; + *-haiku) + os=-haiku + ;; + *-ibm) + os=-aix + ;; + *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; + *-wec) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-winbond) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-oki) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-hp) + os=-hpux + ;; + *-hitachi) + os=-hiux + ;; + i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-cbm) + os=-amigaos + ;; + *-dg) + os=-dgux + ;; + *-dolphin) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + m68k-ccur) + os=-rtu + ;; + m88k-omron*) + os=-luna + ;; + *-next ) + os=-nextstep + ;; + *-sequent) + os=-ptx + ;; + *-crds) + os=-unos + ;; + *-ns) + os=-genix + ;; + i370-*) + os=-mvs + ;; + *-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + *-gould) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-highlevel) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-encore) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-sgi) + os=-irix + ;; + *-siemens) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + *-masscomp) + os=-rtu + ;; + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) + os=-uxpv + ;; + *-rom68k) + os=-coff + ;; + *-*bug) + os=-coff + ;; + *-apple) + os=-macos + ;; + *-atari*) + os=-mint + ;; + *) + os=-none + ;; +esac +fi + +# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the +# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. +vendor=unknown +case $basic_machine in + *-unknown) + case $os in + -riscix*) + vendor=acorn + ;; + -sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; + -cnk*|-aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -beos*) + vendor=be + ;; + -hpux*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -mpeix*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -hiux*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -unos*) + vendor=crds + ;; + -dgux*) + vendor=dg + ;; + -luna*) + vendor=omron + ;; + -genix*) + vendor=ns + ;; + -mvs* | -opened*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -os400*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -ptx*) + vendor=sequent + ;; + -tpf*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) + vendor=wrs + ;; + -aux*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -hms*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -mpw* | -macos*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + vendor=atari + ;; + -vos*) + vendor=stratus + ;; + esac + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` + ;; +esac + +echo $basic_machine$os +exit + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config/depcomp b/config/depcomp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..df8eea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/depcomp @@ -0,0 +1,630 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free +# Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>. + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies +as side-effects. + +Environment variables: + depmode Dependency tracking mode. + source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. + depfile Dependency file to output. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "depcomp $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then + echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. +depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | + sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} +tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} + +rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + +# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We +# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, +# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case +# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. +if test "$depmode" = hp; then + # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. + gccflag=-M + depmode=gcc +fi + +if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" +if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then + # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g" + depmode=msvisualcpp +fi + +case "$depmode" in +gcc3) +## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what +## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like +## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. +## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon +## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they +## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here +## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; + *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; + esac + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + done + "$@" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" + ;; + +gcc) +## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's +## why we pick this rather obscure method: +## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end +## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. +## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) +## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). +## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse +## than renaming). + if test -z "$gccflag"; then + gccflag=-MD, + fi + "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. + sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ + -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" +## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file +## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is +## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding +## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do +## this for us directly. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory +## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as +## well. +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +sgi) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" + else + "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + + # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be + # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle + # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in + # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; + # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the + # dependency line. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ + tr ' +' ' ' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" + + # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ + >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +aix) + # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies + # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the + # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. + # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u + "$@" -Wc,-M + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u + "$@" -M + fi + stat=$? + + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a tab and a space in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +icc) + # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on + # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c + # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like + # foo.o: sub/foo.c + # foo.o: sub/foo.h + # which is wrong. We want: + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h + # sub/foo.c: + # sub/foo.h: + # ICC 7.1 will output + # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h + # and will wrap long lines using \ : + # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ + # sub/foo.h ... \ + # ... + + "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', + # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | + sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp2) + # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 + # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option + # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named + # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that + # happens to be. + # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d + "$@" -Wc,+Maked + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + "$@" +Maked + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add `dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${ + s/^ *// + s/ \\*$// + s/$/:/ + p + }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" + ;; + +tru64) + # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a + # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to + # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. + # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. + # + # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now + # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two + # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because + # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer + # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is + # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring + # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. + tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a tab and a space in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +#nosideeffect) + # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect + # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. + +dashmstdout) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M + # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' + # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: + # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. + "$@" $dashmflag | + sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +dashXmstdout) + # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually + # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. + exit 1 + ;; + +makedepend) + "$@" || exit $? + # Remove any Libtool call + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + # X makedepend + shift + cleared=no eat=no + for arg + do + case $cleared in + no) + set ""; shift + cleared=yes ;; + esac + if test $eat = yes; then + eat=no + continue + fi + case "$arg" in + -D*|-I*) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove + # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -arch) + eat=yes ;; + -*|$object) + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + esac + done + obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` + touch "$tmpdepfile" + ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' +' | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak + ;; + +cpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + "$@" -E | + sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | + sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvisualcpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case "$arg" in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") + set fnord "$@" + shift + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift + shift + ;; + esac + done + "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo " " >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvcmsys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +none) + exec "$@" + ;; + +*) + echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/config/dospaths.m4 b/config/dospaths.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da544f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/dospaths.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# Test if the system uses DOS-style pathnames (drive specs and backslashes) +# By Paul Smith <psmith@gnu.org>. Based on dos.m4 by Jim Meyering. +# +# Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of GNU Make. +# +# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software +# Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later +# version. +# +# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more +# details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +# this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +AC_DEFUN([pds_AC_DOS_PATHS], + [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether system uses MSDOS-style paths], [ac_cv_dos_paths], + [ + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([ +#if !defined _WIN32 && !defined __WIN32__ && !defined __MSDOS__ && !defined __EMX__ && !defined __MSYS__ && !defined __CYGWIN__ +neither MSDOS nor Windows nor OS2 +#endif +], + [ac_cv_dos_paths=yes], + [ac_cv_dos_paths=no]) + ]) + + if test x"$ac_cv_dos_paths" = xyes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DOS_PATHS], 1, + [Define if the system uses DOS-style pathnames.]) + fi + ]) diff --git a/config/gettext.m4 b/config/gettext.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a374f03 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/gettext.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,487 @@ +# gettext.m4 serial 28 (gettext-0.13) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. + +dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). +dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The +dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. +dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, +dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, +dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of +dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. +dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext +dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function +dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is +dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't +dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored. +dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, +dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. +dnl +dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: +dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled +dnl and used. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. +dnl Catalog format: none +dnl Catalog extension: none +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. +dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the +dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), +dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the +dnl maintainers. +dnl +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], +[ + dnl Argument checking. + ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])])]) + ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])]) + define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes])) + define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) + + AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl + ]) + + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the + dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then + dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT + dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code + dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: + dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. + dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. + dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not + dnl documented, we avoid it. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + ]) + + dnl Set USE_NLS. + AM_NLS + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + ]) + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + POSUB= + + dnl If we use NLS figure out what method + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) + AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, + [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) + AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) + + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" + if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then + ]) + dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what + dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have + dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. + + dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. + define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1))) + define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc]) + define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AM_ICONV_LINK + ]) + dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL + dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) + dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL + dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, + [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no) + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], + [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" + LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes + ]) + fi + CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + fi + + dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, + dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU + dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this + dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \ + || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes + else + dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + INCINTL= + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then + dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. + dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes + fi + fi + + if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV" + LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV" + LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` + fi + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + fi + ]) + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, + [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language + is requested.]) + else + USE_NLS=no + fi + fi + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + gt_source="external libintl" + else + gt_source="libc" + fi + else + gt_source="included intl directory" + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) + fi + + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) + fi + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + fi + + dnl We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL + dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. + if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + fi + + dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. + nls_cv_header_intl= + nls_cv_header_libgt= + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + DATADIRNAME=share + AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + GENCAT=gencat + AC_SUBST(GENCAT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then + INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" + fi + AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) + + dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. + INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix + AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) + ]) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" + AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) + + dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(POSUB) +]) + + +dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory, +dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS, +dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL. +AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([bh_C_SIGNED])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T]) + AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl + + AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], , + [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long], + [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.]) + ]) + AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ +stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid \ +mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale snprintf stpcpy strcasecmp strdup \ +strtoul tsearch wcslen __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ +__fsetlocking]) + + dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it + dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter). + gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>]) + + dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared. + dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris + dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built + dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6). + dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13. + gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) + + case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in + *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;; + *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;; + esac + AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_ASPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_ASPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_SNPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_SNPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_WPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_WPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF]) + + AM_ICONV + AM_LANGINFO_CODESET + if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + AM_LC_MESSAGES + fi + + dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison, + dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least + dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't + dnl compile. + dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in + dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put + dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the + dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will + dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not + dnl present or too old. + AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison]) + if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then + ac_verc_fail=yes + else + dnl Found it, now check the version. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison]) +changequote(<<,>>)dnl + ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` + case $ac_prog_version in + '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) +changequote([,])dnl + ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; + *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version]) + fi + if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then + INTLBISON=: + fi +]) + + +dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES) +dnl Check whether a function is declared. +AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [ +#ifndef $1 + char *p = (char *) $1; +#endif +], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)]) + if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then + gt_value=1 + else + gt_value=0 + fi + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value], + [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.]) +]) + + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) diff --git a/config/glibc21.m4 b/config/glibc21.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c9f3db --- /dev/null +++ b/config/glibc21.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. +# From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], + [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, + [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], + [ +#include <features.h> +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ + #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) + Lucky GNU user + #endif +#endif + ], + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) + ] + ) + AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) + GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" + ] +) diff --git a/config/iconv.m4 b/config/iconv.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5f3579 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/iconv.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], +[ + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], +[ + dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and + dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + + dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, + dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use + dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first + dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed. + am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ + am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" + am_cv_lib_iconv=no + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h> +#include <iconv.h>], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then + am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h> +#include <iconv.h>], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_lib_iconv=yes + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" + fi + ]) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) + fi + if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) + else + dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV + dnl either. + CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBICONV= + LTLIBICONV= + fi + AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], +[ + AM_ICONV_LINK + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <iconv.h> +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); +#else +size_t iconv(); +#endif +], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") + am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) + am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- + }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, + [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/install-sh b/config/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6781b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# install - install a program, script, or datafile + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was +# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the +# following copyright and license. +# +# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium +# +# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to +# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the +# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or +# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +# +# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +# +# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- +# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +# +# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not +# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- +# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- +# tium. +# +# +# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit=${DOITPROG-} +if test -z "$doit"; then + doit_exec=exec +else + doit_exec=$doit +fi + +# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; +# or use environment vars. + +chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} +chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} +chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} +cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} +cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} +mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} +mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} +rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} +stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} + +posix_glob='?' +initialize_posix_glob=' + test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { + if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then + posix_glob= + else + posix_glob=: + fi + } +' + +posix_mkdir= + +# Desired mode of installed file. +mode=0755 + +chgrpcmd= +chmodcmd=$chmodprog +chowncmd= +mvcmd=$mvprog +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +stripcmd= + +src= +dst= +dir_arg= +dst_arg= + +copy_on_change=false +no_target_directory= + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE + or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY + or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... + or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... + +In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. +In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. +In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. + +Options: + --help display this help and exit. + --version display version info and exit. + + -c (ignored) + -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) + -d create directories instead of installing files. + -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. + -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. + -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. + -s $stripprog installed files. + -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. + -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. + +Environment variables override the default commands: + CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG + RMPROG STRIPPROG +" + +while test $# -ne 0; do + case $1 in + -c) ;; + + -C) copy_on_change=true;; + + -d) dir_arg=true;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift;; + + --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; + + -m) mode=$2 + case $mode in + *' '* | *' '* | *' +'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift;; + + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; + + -t) dst_arg=$2 + shift;; + + -T) no_target_directory=true;; + + --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + + --) shift + break;; + + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; + + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then + # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. + # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. + # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. + for arg + do + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. + set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" + shift # fnord + fi + shift # arg + dst_arg=$arg + done +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. + # This can happen when creating conditional directories. + exit 0 +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + + # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. + # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. + case $mode in + # Optimize common cases. + *644) cp_umask=133;; + *755) cp_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw='% 200' + fi + cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; + *) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw=,u+rw + fi + cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; + esac +fi + +for src +do + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $src in + -*) src=./$src;; + esac + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + dst=$src + dstdir=$dst + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + else + + # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command + # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad + # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then + echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + if test -z "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + dst=$dst_arg + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $dst in + -*) dst=./$dst;; + esac + + # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work + # if double slashes aren't ignored. + if test -d "$dst"; then + if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + dstdir=$dst + dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` + dstdir_status=0 + else + # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. + dstdir=` + (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || + expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || + echo X"$dst" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q' + ` + + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + fi + fi + + obsolete_mkdir_used=false + + if test $dstdir_status != 0; then + case $posix_mkdir in + '') + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; + esac + + if + $posix_mkdir && ( + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + ) + then : + else + + # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, + # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the + # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. + + case $dstdir in + /*) prefix='/';; + -*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; + esac + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" + + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + $posix_glob set -f + set fnord $dstdir + shift + $posix_glob set +f + IFS=$oIFS + + prefixes= + + for d + do + test -z "$d" && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ + done + + if test -n "$prefixes"; then + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && + { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || + test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 + else + + # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. + dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ + rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ + + # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. + trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 + + # Copy the file name to the temp name. + (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && + + # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. + # + # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to + # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore + # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. + # + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && + + # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. + if $copy_on_change && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && + $posix_glob set -f && + set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + $posix_glob set +f && + + test "$old" = "$new" && + $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + rm -f "$dsttmp" + else + # Rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + + # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else + # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not + # support -f. + { + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + } + fi || exit 1 + + trap '' 0 + fi +done + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/config/intdiv0.m4 b/config/intdiv0.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55dddcf --- /dev/null +++ b/config/intdiv0.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE], + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe, + [ + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <signal.h> + +static void +#ifdef __cplusplus +sigfpe_handler (int sig) +#else +sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig; +#endif +{ + /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */ + exit (sig != SIGFPE); +} + +int x = 1; +int y = 0; +int z; +int nan; + +int main () +{ + signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler); +/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */ +#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP) + signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler); +#endif +/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */ +#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__) + signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler); +#endif + + z = x / y; + nan = y / y; + exit (1); +} +], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no, + [ + # Guess based on the CPU. + case "$host_cpu" in + alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*) + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";; + *) + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";; + esac + ]) + ]) + case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in + *yes) value=1;; + *) value=0;; + esac + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value, + [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.]) +]) diff --git a/config/intmax.m4 b/config/intmax.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfb08cc --- /dev/null +++ b/config/intmax.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# intmax.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to +dnl find a replacement if it is lacking. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX +#include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX +#include <inttypes.h> +#endif +], [intmax_t x = -1;], gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes, gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)]) + if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1, + [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/inttypes-pri.m4 b/config/inttypes-pri.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd007c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/inttypes-pri.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI* +# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken], + gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken, + [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h> +#ifdef PRId32 +char *p = PRId32; +#endif +], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes) + ]) + fi + if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1, + [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/inttypes.m4 b/config/inttypes.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab370ff --- /dev/null +++ b/config/inttypes.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with +# <sys/types.h>. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h, + [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include <sys/types.h> +#include <inttypes.h>], + [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no) + ]) + if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1, + [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/inttypes_h.m4 b/config/inttypes_h.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f342eba --- /dev/null +++ b/config/inttypes_h.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists, +# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include <sys/types.h> +#include <inttypes.h>], + [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], + jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, + jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, + [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, + and declares uintmax_t. ]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/isc-posix.m4 b/config/isc-posix.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1319dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/isc-posix.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005. + +# This test replaces the one in autoconf. +# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro +# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) +# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader +# give these diagnostics: +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX + +undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) + +AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], + [ + dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. + AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) + ] +) diff --git a/config/lcmessage.m4 b/config/lcmessage.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffd4008 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lcmessage.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + +# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES], + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, + [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/lib-ld.m4 b/config/lib-ld.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38aeaec --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lib-ld.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) +dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4, +dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision +dnl with libtool.m4. + +dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], +[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld, +[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. +case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; +*) + acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; +esac]) +with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld +]) + +dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD], +[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld, +[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]], +test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no) +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)] + [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'] + # Canonicalize the path of ld + ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) +else + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) +fi +AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD, +[if test -z "$LD"; then + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in + *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; + *) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +else + acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. +fi]) +LD="$acl_cv_path_LD" +if test -n "$LD"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) +AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU +]) diff --git a/config/lib-link.m4 b/config/lib-link.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eeb200d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lib-link.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and +dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. +dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and +dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [ + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME" + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME" + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME" + ]) + LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs" + LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs" + INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) + dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the + dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency. + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes + undefine([Name]) + undefine([NAME]) +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode) +dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and +dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and +dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it +dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and +dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and +dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs +dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + + dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME + dnl accordingly. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) + + dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, + dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use + dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it. + ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [ + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" + AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no]) + LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + ]) + if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME]) + else + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no + dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need + dnl $INC[]NAME either. + CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIB[]NAME= + LTLIB[]NAME= + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) + undefine([Name]) + undefine([NAME]) +]) + +dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath: +dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator, +dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [ + CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ + ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh + . ./conftest.sh + rm -f ./conftest.sh + acl_cv_rpath=done + ]) + wl="$acl_cv_wl" + libext="$acl_cv_libext" + shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" + hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" + hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" + hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" + dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all. + AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, + [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths], + :, enable_rpath=yes) +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and +dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. +dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], +[ + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. + use_additional=yes + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix], +[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib + --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir], +[ + if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then + use_additional=no + else + if test "X$withval" = "X"; then + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + else + additional_includedir="$withval/include" + additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + fi + fi +]) + dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and + dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach. + LIB[]NAME= + LTLIB[]NAME= + INC[]NAME= + rpathdirs= + ltrpathdirs= + names_already_handled= + names_next_round='$1 $2' + while test -n "$names_next_round"; do + names_this_round="$names_next_round" + names_next_round= + for name in $names_this_round; do + already_handled= + for n in $names_already_handled; do + if test "$n" = "$name"; then + already_handled=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$already_handled"; then + names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" + dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS + dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call. + uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` + eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" + if test -n "$value"; then + if test "$value" = yes; then + eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" + test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value" + eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" + test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value" + else + dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined + dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it. + : + fi + else + dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS + dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME. + found_dir= + found_la= + found_so= + found_a= + if test $use_additional = yes; then + if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_dir="$additional_libdir" + found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" + fi + else + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then + found_dir="$additional_libdir" + found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext" + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" + fi + fi + fi + fi + if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then + for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + case "$x" in + -L*) + dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` + if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_dir="$dir" + found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" + fi + else + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then + found_dir="$dir" + found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext" + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" + fi + fi + fi + ;; + esac + if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then + break + fi + done + fi + if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then + dnl Found the library. + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" + if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then + dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its + dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the + dnl standard /usr/lib. + if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then + dnl No hardcoding is needed. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting + dnl binary. + dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. + dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $ltrpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" + fi + dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent. + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then + dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the + dnl resulting binary. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting + dnl binary. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. + dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $rpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" + fi + else + dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir". + dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS + dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir" + fi + if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then + dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use + dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" + dnl here. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH + dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the + dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only + dnl very old systems. + dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use + dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" + dnl here. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + fi + fi + fi + fi + else + if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then + dnl Linking with a static library. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a" + else + dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a + dnl fallback. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" + fi + fi + dnl Assume the include files are nearby. + additional_includedir= + case "$found_dir" in + */lib | */lib/) + basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'` + additional_includedir="$basedir/include" + ;; + esac + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then + dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, + dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already + dnl constructed $INCNAME, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then + haveit= + if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. + INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi + dnl Look for dependencies. + if test -n "$found_la"; then + dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables + dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current, + dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir. + save_libdir="$libdir" + case "$found_la" in + */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; + *) . "./$found_la" ;; + esac + libdir="$save_libdir" + dnl We use only dependency_libs. + for dep in $dependency_libs; do + case "$dep" in + -L*) + additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` + dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, + dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already + dnl constructed $LIBNAME, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + haveit= + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME. + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + ;; + -R*) + dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` + if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then + dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. + dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $rpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" + fi + dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. + dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $ltrpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" + fi + fi + ;; + -l*) + dnl Handle this in the next round. + names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` + ;; + *.la) + dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's + dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L + dnl option. + names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` + ;; + *) + dnl Most likely an immediate library name. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" + ;; + esac + done + fi + else + dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories + dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system + dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the + dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.) + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + fi + fi + fi + done + done + if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must + dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a + dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used. + alldirs= + for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do + alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" + done + dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl. + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$alldirs" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" + else + dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. + for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$found_dir" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" + done + fi + fi + if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then + dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and + dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative. + for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir" + done + fi +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR, +dnl unless already present in VAR. +dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes +dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], +[ + for element in [$2]; do + haveit= + for x in $[$1]; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element" + fi + done +]) diff --git a/config/lib-prefix.m4 b/config/lib-prefix.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8aff5a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lib-prefix.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and +dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't +dnl require excessive bracketing. +ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], +[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], +[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) + +dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed +dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that +dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed +dnl with the same --prefix option. +dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate +dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], +[ + AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. + use_additional=yes + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix], +[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib + --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir], +[ + if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then + use_additional=no + else + if test "X$withval" = "X"; then + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + else + additional_includedir="$withval/include" + additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + fi + fi +]) + if test $use_additional = yes; then + dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, + dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS, + dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then + haveit= + for x in $CPPFLAGS; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. + CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, + dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, + dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. + LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix, +dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and +dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX], +[ + dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined + dnl at the end of configure. + if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then + acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" + else + acl_final_prefix="$prefix" + fi + if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then + acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' + else + acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" + fi + acl_save_prefix="$prefix" + prefix="$acl_final_prefix" + eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" + prefix="$acl_save_prefix" +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the +dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have +dnl at the end of the configure script. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], +[ + acl_save_prefix="$prefix" + prefix="$acl_final_prefix" + acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" + exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" + $1 + exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" + prefix="$acl_save_prefix" +]) diff --git a/config/longdouble.m4 b/config/longdouble.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1333d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/config/longdouble.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# longdouble.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type. +dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC + +AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double, + [if test "$GCC" = yes; then + gt_cv_c_long_double=yes + else + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ + /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it. */ + long double foo = 0.0; + /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8. */ + int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1]; + ], , + gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no) + fi]) + if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/longlong.m4 b/config/longlong.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7d7350 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/longlong.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# longlong.m4 serial 4 +dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG if 'long long' works. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long], ac_cv_type_long_long, + [AC_TRY_LINK([long long ll = 1LL; int i = 63;], + [long long llmax = (long long) -1; + return ll << i | ll >> i | llmax / ll | llmax % ll;], + ac_cv_type_long_long=yes, + ac_cv_type_long_long=no)]) + if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1, + [Define if you have the 'long long' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/mdate-sh b/config/mdate-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e631b22 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/mdate-sh @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free +# Software Foundation, Inc. +# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE + +Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +# Prevent date giving response in another language. +LANG=C +export LANG +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LC_TIME=C +export LC_TIME + +# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE +# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this +# variable to its documented default. +if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then + TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso + export TIME_STYLE +fi + +save_arg1=$1 + +# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. +if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command='ls -L -l -d' +else + ls_command='ls -l -d' +fi +# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. +if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command="$ls_command -n" +fi + +# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo +# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. +# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo +# +# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words +# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a +# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' +# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at +# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many +# words should be skipped to get the date. + +# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. +set x`$ls_command /` + +# Find which argument is the month. +month= +command= +until test $month +do + shift + # Add another shift to the command. + command="$command shift;" + case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; + esac +done + +# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. +set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` + +# Remove all preceding arguments +eval $command + +# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. +# +# On a POSIX system, we should have +# +# $# = 5 +# $1 = file size +# $2 = month +# $3 = day +# $4 = year or time +# $5 = filename +# +# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have +# +# $# = 4 +# $1 = day +# $2 = month +# $3 = year or time +# $4 = filename + +# Get the month. +case $2 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; +esac + +case $3 in + ???*) day=$1;; + *) day=$3; shift;; +esac + +# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either +# the time of day or the year. +case $3 in + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# + case $2 in + Jan) nummonthtod=1;; + Feb) nummonthtod=2;; + Mar) nummonthtod=3;; + Apr) nummonthtod=4;; + May) nummonthtod=5;; + Jun) nummonthtod=6;; + Jul) nummonthtod=7;; + Aug) nummonthtod=8;; + Sep) nummonthtod=9;; + Oct) nummonthtod=10;; + Nov) nummonthtod=11;; + Dec) nummonthtod=12;; + esac + # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also + # be used for files modified in the last year. + if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; + then + year=`expr $year - 1` + fi;; + *) year=$3;; +esac + +# The result. +echo $day $month $year + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/config/missing b/config/missing new file mode 100755 index 0000000..28055d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/missing @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, +# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +if test $# -eq 0; then + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 +fi + +run=: +sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' +sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' + +# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the +# srcdir already. +if test -f configure.ac; then + configure_ac=configure.ac +else + configure_ac=configure.in +fi + +msg="missing on your system" + +case $1 in +--run) + # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. + run= + shift + "$@" && exit 0 + # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens + # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on + # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we + # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or + # if --run hadn't been passed. + if test $? = 63; then + run=: + msg="probably too old" + fi + ;; + + -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) + echo "\ +$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... + +Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an +error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. + +Options: + -h, --help display this help and exit + -v, --version output version information and exit + --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails + +Supported PROGRAM values: + aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' + autoconf touch file \`configure' + autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' + autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one + automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files + bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + help2man touch the output file + lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + makeinfo touch the output file + tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags + yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + +Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and +\`g' are ignored when checking the name. + +Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." + exit $? + ;; + + -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) + echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" + exit $? + ;; + + -*) + echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 + ;; + +esac + +# normalize program name to check for. +program=`echo "$1" | sed ' + s/^gnu-//; t + s/^gnu//; t + s/^g//; t'` + +# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we +# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect +# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not +# $program. +case $1 in + lex*|yacc*) + # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. + ;; + + tar*) + if test -n "$run"; then + echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + *) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone + # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether + # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. + exit 1 + fi + ;; +esac + +# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), +# try to emulate it. +case $program in + aclocal*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from + any GNU archive site." + touch aclocal.m4 + ;; + + autoconf*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the + \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU + archive site." + touch configure + ;; + + autoheader*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them + from any GNU archive site." + files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` + test -z "$files" && files="config.h" + touch_files= + for f in $files; do + case $f in + *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | + sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; + *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; + esac + done + touch $touch_files + ;; + + automake*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. + You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. + Grab them from any GNU archive site." + find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | + sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | + while read f; do touch "$f"; done + ;; + + autom4te*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. + You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU + archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo "#! /bin/sh" + echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" + echo "# $ $@" + echo "exit 0" + chmod +x $file + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + bison*|yacc*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.y) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c + fi + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.h; then + echo >y.tab.h + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c + fi + ;; + + lex*|flex*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f lex.yy.c + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.l) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + + help2man*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the + \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take + effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" + exit $? + fi + ;; + + makeinfo*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file + indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious + call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, + DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or + the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." + # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -z "$file"; then + # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... + infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` + file=`sed -n ' + /^@setfilename/{ + s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + q + }' $infile` + # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info + fi + # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; + # let's fail without touching anything. + test -f $file || exit 1 + touch $file + ;; + + tar*) + shift + + # We have already tried tar in the generic part. + # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error + # messages. + if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gnutar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gtar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + firstarg="$1" + if shift; then + case $firstarg in + *o*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + case $firstarg in + *h*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + fi + + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. + You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the + command line arguments." + exit 1 + ;; + + *) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, + it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing + this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case + some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/config/mkinstalldirs b/config/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d2d5f21 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain + +errstatus=0 +dirmode="" + +usage="\ +Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..." + +# process command line arguments +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 0 + ;; + -m) # -m PERM arg + shift + test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + dirmode=$1 + shift + ;; + --) # stop option processing + shift + break + ;; + -*) # unknown option + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + *) # first non-opt arg + break + ;; + esac +done + +for file +do + if test -d "$file"; then + shift + else + break + fi +done + +case $# in + 0) exit 0 ;; +esac + +case $dirmode in + '') + if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then + echo "mkdir -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -p -- "$@" + fi + ;; + *) + if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then + echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" + fi + ;; +esac + +for file +do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d + do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case $pathcomp in + -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + else + if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then + echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" + lasterr="" + chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + fi + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# End: +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/config/nls.m4 b/config/nls.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36bc493 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/nls.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# nls.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], +[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) + dnl Default is enabled NLS + AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, + [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], + USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) + AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS], +[ + dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly + dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir). + dnl Try to locate it. + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + case "$ac_aux_dir" in + /*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; + *) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; + esac + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) +]) diff --git a/config/po.m4 b/config/po.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e161998 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/po.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ +# po.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.14) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. + +dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl + + dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, + dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. + + dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + + dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. + rm -f messages.po + + dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt. + if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then + : ; + else + GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'` + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it]) + GMSGFMT=":" + fi + fi + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then + : ; + else + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. + rm -f messages.po + fi + + AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([ + for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + esac + # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. + case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then + rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" + cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" + # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend + # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration + # parameters. + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then + # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. + if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" + fi + ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` + # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' + POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" + else + # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' + fi + # Compute POFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) + # Compute UPDATEPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) + # Compute DUMMYPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) + # Compute GMOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdirpre= ;; + *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; + esac + POFILES= + UPDATEPOFILES= + DUMMYPOFILES= + GMOFILES= + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" + UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" + DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" + done + # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS + # environment variable. + INST_LINGUAS= + if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + fi + CATALOGS= + if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do + CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" + done + fi + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do + if test -f "$f"; then + case "$f" in + *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; + *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; + esac + fi + done + fi + ;; + esac + done], + [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute + # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it + # from automake. + eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' + # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. + LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" + ]) +]) + +dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. +AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], +[ + # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been + # set: + # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, + # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure + # time. + +changequote(,)dnl + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. + if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='echo' + else + if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='printf %s\n' + else + echo_func () { + cat <<EOT +$* +EOT + } + gt_echo='echo_func' + fi + fi + + # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile. + sed_x_variable=' +# Test if the hold space is empty. +x +s/P/P/ +x +ta +# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition. +/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{ + # Seen the first line of the variable definition. + s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=// + ba +} +bd +:a +# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition. +# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space. +s/#.*$/ / +# See if the line ends in a backslash. +tb +:b +s/\\$// +# Print the line, without the trailing backslash. +p +tc +# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is +# reached. Clear the hold space. +s/^.*$// +x +bd +:c +# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the +# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this. +s/^.*$/P/ +x +:d +' +changequote([,])dnl + + # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES. + sed_x_POTFILES="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`" + POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"` + # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as + # $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file)) + POTFILES_DEPS= + for file in $POTFILES; do + POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file" + done + POMAKEFILEDEPS="" + + if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" + fi + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then + # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. + ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` + POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" + else + # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS. + sed_x_LINGUAS="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`" + ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"` + fi + # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' + # Compute POFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) + # Compute UPDATEPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) + # Compute DUMMYPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) + # Compute GMOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) + # Compute PROPERTIESFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties) + # Compute CLASSFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class) + # Compute QMFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm) + # Compute MSGFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg) + # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll) + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdirpre= ;; + *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; + esac + POFILES= + UPDATEPOFILES= + DUMMYPOFILES= + GMOFILES= + PROPERTIESFILES= + CLASSFILES= + QMFILES= + MSGFILES= + RESOURCESDLLFILES= + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" + UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" + DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" + PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties" + CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class" + QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm" + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` + MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg" + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` + RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll" + done + # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS + # environment variable. + INST_LINGUAS= + if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + fi + CATALOGS= + JAVACATALOGS= + QTCATALOGS= + TCLCATALOGS= + CSHARPCATALOGS= + if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do + CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" + JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties" + QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm" + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` + TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg" + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` + CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll" + done + fi + + sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp" + if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF +$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po + @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \ + \$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; } +EOF + done + fi + if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF +$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po + @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \ + \$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; } +EOF + done + fi + if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF +Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS +EOF + fi + mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file" +]) diff --git a/config/printf-posix.m4 b/config/printf-posix.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..186ba6a --- /dev/null +++ b/config/printf-posix.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1) +dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with +dnl positions. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings], + gt_cv_func_printf_posix, + [ + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +/* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's + dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug). */ +static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' }; +static char buf[100]; +int main () +{ + sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55); + return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0); +}], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no, + [ + AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [ +#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ + notposix +#endif + ], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no", + gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes") + ]) + ]) + case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in + *yes) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1, + [Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.]) + ;; + esac +]) diff --git a/config/progtest.m4 b/config/progtest.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fe527c --- /dev/null +++ b/config/progtest.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# progtest.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. + +# Search path for a program which passes the given test. + +dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, +dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], +[ +# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + +# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, +# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. +cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF +#! /bin/sh +exit 0 +_ASEOF +chmod +x conf$$.file +if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_executable_p="test -x" +else + ac_executable_p="test -f" +fi +rm -f conf$$.file + +# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, +[case "[$]$1" in + [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) + ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if [$3]; then + ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" +dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, +dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. +ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" +])dnl + ;; +esac])dnl +$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" +if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST($1)dnl +]) diff --git a/config/signed.m4 b/config/signed.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc1f54f --- /dev/null +++ b/config/signed.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# signed.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([bh_C_SIGNED], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for signed], bh_cv_c_signed, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE(, [signed char x;], bh_cv_c_signed=yes, bh_cv_c_signed=no)]) + if test $bh_cv_c_signed = no; then + AC_DEFINE(signed, , + [Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/size_max.m4 b/config/size_max.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5762fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/size_max.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# size_max.m4 serial 2 +dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX], +[ + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) + dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX]) + result= + AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [ +#include <limits.h> +#if HAVE_STDINT_H +#include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef SIZE_MAX +Found it +#endif +], result=yes) + if test -z "$result"; then + dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider + dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. + dnl The _AC_COMPUTE_INT macro works up to LONG_MAX, since it uses 'expr', + dnl which is guaranteed to work from LONG_MIN to LONG_MAX. + _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 / 10], res_hi, + [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) + _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 % 10], res_lo, + [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) + _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint, + [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) + if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then + dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type + dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'. + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h> + extern size_t foo; + extern unsigned long foo; + ], [], fits_in_uint=0) + fi + if test -z "$result"; then + if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then + result="$res_hi$res_lo"U + else + result="$res_hi$res_lo"UL + fi + else + dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows... + result='~(size_t)0' + fi + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([$result]) + if test "$result" != yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$result], + [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/stdint_h.m4 b/config/stdint_h.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32ba7ae --- /dev/null +++ b/config/stdint_h.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists, +# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdint.h>], + [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], + jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes, + jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, + [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, + and declares uintmax_t. ]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/texinfo.tex b/config/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bab1b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,9386 @@ +% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +% +% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi +% +\def\texinfoversion{2010-06-17.11} +% +% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, +% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or +% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the +% License, or (at your option) any later version. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +% General Public License for more details. +% +% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +% +% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing +% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without +% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) +% +% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug +% reports; you can get the latest version from: +% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or +% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out +% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% +% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: +% tex foo.texi +% texindex foo.?? +% tex foo.texi +% tex foo.texi +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. +% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more +% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. + + +\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax + +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv=\equiv +\let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexinsert=\insert +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite +\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent +\let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptext=\t +\let\ptextop=\top +{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi + +% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. +\chardef\spacecat = 10 +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} + +% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. +\chardef\colonChar = `\: +\chardef\commaChar = `\, +\chardef\dashChar = `\- +\chardef\dotChar = `\. +\chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` +\chardef\questChar = `\? +\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' +\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\underChar = `\_ + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +% The following is used inside several \edef's. +\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ + Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script + ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps + data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script + man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm + par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces + spell-ing spell-ings + stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space + wide-spread wrap-around +} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines16 +}% + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} + +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% +\newif\ifcropmarks +\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue +% +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. +% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines +\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc +\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt +\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. +% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. +% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. +% +% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. +% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. +% +% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter +% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top +% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is +% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two +% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and +% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... +\def\domark{% + \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% + \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% + \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% + \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% + \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% + \mark{% + \the\toks0 \the\toks2 + \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 + \noexpand\else \the\toks8 + }% +} +% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title +% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us +% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., +% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very +% first @chapter. +\def\gettopheadingmarks{% + \ifcase0\topmark\fi + \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi +} +\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} +\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} + +% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. +\def\lastchapterdefs{} +\def\lastsectiondefs{} +\def\prevchapterdefs{} +\def\prevsectiondefs{} +\def\lastcolordefs{} + +% Main output routine. +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +\def\onepageout#1{% + \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi + \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi + \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: + % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} + % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; + % it needs to be + % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} + \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi + % + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize + \vskip-\topandbottommargin + \vtop to0pt{% + \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% + \nointerlineskip + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% + }% + \vss}% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. + \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox\bgroup + \fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 24pt + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \vbox to0pt{\vss + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \indexdummies + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} +\def\parseargusing#1#2{% + \def\argtorun{#2}% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \spaceisspace + #1% + \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. +} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% + }% +} + +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} + +% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed +% by \finishparsearg. +% +\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% + \def\temp{#3}% + \ifx\temp\empty + % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: + \let\temp\finishparsearg + \else + \let\temp\argcheckspaces + \fi + % Put the space token in: + \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm +} + +% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so +% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, +% just before passing the control to \argtorun. +% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger +% that a pair of braces would be stripped. +% +% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. +% +\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef\foo{...} +% is roughly equivalent to +% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} +% \def\Xfoo#1{...} +% +% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my +% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 + +\def\parseargdef#1{% + \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% +} +\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% + \def#2{\parsearg#1}% + \def#1##1% +} + +% Several utility definitions with active space: +{ + \obeyspaces + \gdef\obeyedspace{ } + + % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword + % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this + % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input + % should produce a line of output anyway. + % + \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces + % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the + % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). + \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} +} + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: +% +% \envdef\foo{...} +% \def\Efoo{...} +% +% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the +% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also +% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks +% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be +% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. +% +% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they +% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The +% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this +% special case.) + + +% At run-time, environments start with this: +\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} +% initialize +\let\thisenv\empty + +% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': +\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} + +% Check whether we're in the right environment: +\def\checkenv#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \else + \badenverr + \fi +} + +% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: +\def\badenverr{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, + not \inenvironment\thisenv}% +} +\def\inenvironment#1{% + \ifx#1\empty + out of any environment% + \else + in environment \expandafter\string#1% + \fi +} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv +% +\parseargdef\end{% + \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname + \else + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname + \csname E#1\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. +% +\def\onword{on} +\def\offword{off} +% +\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing + \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\envdef\group{% + \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + \startsavinginserts + % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts +% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) +% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space +% above. But it's pretty close. +\def\Egroup{% + % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. + \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. + \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth + \egroup % End the \vtop. + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \box\groupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\parseargdef\need{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\parseargdef\need{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi +} + +% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). + +\let\br = \par + +% @page forces the start of a new page. +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount + \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. +% +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command +% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work. +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. +% +\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} +\def\includezzz#1{% + \pushthisfilestack + \def\thisfile{#1}% + {% + \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. + \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% + % + % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes + % definitions, etc. + \expandafter + }\temp + \popthisfilestack +} +\def\filenamecatcodes{% + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \catcode`-=\other + \catcode`\`=\other + \catcode`\'=\other +} + +\def\pushthisfilestack{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackX{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% + \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% +} + +\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} +\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: + the stack of filenames is empty.}} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\parseargdef\center{% + \ifhmode + \let\next\centerH + \else + \let\next\centerV + \fi + \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% +} +\def\centerH#1{% + {% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break + }% +} +\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\commentxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent +} + +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\parseargdef\exampleindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi +} + +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such +% paragraphs. +% +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. +% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. +% By default, we suppress indentation. +% +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. +% +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. +% +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \indent + }% + \gdef\noindent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \noindent + }% + \global\everypar = {% + \kern -\parindent + \restorefirstparagraphindent + }% +} + +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global \let \indent = \ptexindent + \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global \everypar = {}% +} + + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi + \closein 1 + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% Called from \setfilename. +% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, +% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\else + \ifx\pdfoutput\relax + \else + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + \fi +\fi + +% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, +% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to +% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be +% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. +% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html +% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX +% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do). + +% double active backslashes. +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active + @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% + @catcode`@\=@active + @let\=@doublebackslash} +} + +% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are +% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as +% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor +% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission +% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. +% +% #1 is the tokens to replace. +% #2 is the replacement. +% #3 is the control sequence with the string. +% +\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% + \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% + ##1% + \ifx\\##2\\% + \else + #2% + \HyReturnAfterFi{% + \HyPsdReplace##2\END + }% + \fi + }% + \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% +} +\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. +\def\backslashparens#1{% + \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply + % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. + \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% + \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +} + +\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images +with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot +be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI +output) for that.)} + +\ifpdf + % + % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex, + % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a + % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead + % of actual black. + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); + % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} + % + % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, + % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\setcolor#1{% + \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + } + % + \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} + \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} + \def\lastcolordefs{} + % + \def\makefootline{% + \baselineskip24pt + \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% + } + % + \def\makeheadline{% + \vbox to 0pt{% + \vskip-22.5pt + \line{% + \vbox to8.5pt{}% + % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. + \getcolormarks + % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% + }% + \vss + }% + \nointerlineskip + } + % + % + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} + % + % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + % + % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among + % others). Let's try in that order. + \let\pdfimgext=\empty + \begingroup + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp + \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + % + % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.\pdfimgext + \else + {#1.\pdfimgext}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + % + \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \activebackslashdouble + \makevalueexpandable + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfdestname + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + }} + % + % used to mark target names; must be expandable. + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} + % + % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as + % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed} + \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} + % + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + % + % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the + % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number + % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, + % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. + % #4 is the page number + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the + % page number. We could generate a destination for the section + % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't + % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% + \else + % Doubled backslashes in the name. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \fi + % + % Also double the backslashes in the display string. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% + % + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\thischapnum{##2}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% + \def\thissecnum{##2}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% + \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% + }% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% + }% + \def\thischapnum{0}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + % + % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et + % al. a second time, below. + \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \readdatafile{toc}% + % + % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. + % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of + % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. + % + % We use the node names as the destinations. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero + \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% + % + % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of + % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, + % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from + % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from + % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. + % + % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right + % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \tocreadfilename + \endgroup + } + % + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % + \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\else + % non-pdf mode + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\setcolor = \gobble + \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + + +\message{fonts,} + +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font +} + +% Select #1 fonts with the current style. +% +\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} + +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} + +% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since +% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh. +\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}} + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + + +% Default leading. +\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. +\def\baselinefactor{1} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \dimen0 = #1\relax + \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. +% +% do nothing with this by default. +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble + +% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. +% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run +% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) +\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<23> <26> <0023> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +40 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1IT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1IT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<25> <26> <0025> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +42 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<23> <0023> +<24> <00A3> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1TT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1TT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +5 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<21> <26> <0021> +<28> <5F> <0028> +<61> <7E> <0061> +endbfrange +32 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <2191> +<0C> <2193> +<0D> <0027> +<0E> <00A1> +<0F> <00BF> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<20> <2423> +<27> <2019> +<60> <2018> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +\fi\fi + + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap +% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass +% empty to omit). +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% + \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 + \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% +} +% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. +\let\cmap\gobble +% emacs-page end of cmaps + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in +% Texinfo. +% +\def\definetextfontsizexi{% +% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). +\def\textnominalsize{11pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1095} + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\titleecsize{2074} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 +\def\chapecsize{1728} + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\def\secnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\sececsize{1440} + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 +\def\ssececsize{1200} + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\font\reducedi=cmmi10 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 +\def\reducedecsize{1000} + +\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts +\rm +} % end of 11pt text font size definitions + + +% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with +% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU +% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the +% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. +% +\def\definetextfontsizex{% +% Text fonts (10pt). +\def\textnominalsize{10pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{1000} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1000} + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\titleecsize{2074} + +% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\chapbf\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\chapecsize{1440} + +% Section fonts (12pt). +\def\secnominalsize{12pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 +\def\sececsize{1200} + +% Subsection fonts (10pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\font\sseci=cmmi10 +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 +\def\ssececsize{1000} + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\reducedi=cmmi9 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 +\def\reducedecsize{0900} + +\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs +\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts +\rm +} % end of 10pt text font size definitions + + +% We provide the user-level command +% @fonttextsize 10 +% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. +% +\def\xiword{11} +\def\xword{10} +\def\xwordpt{10pt} +% +\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% + \def\textsizearg{#1}% + \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + % + % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since + % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. + % + \begingroup \globaldefs=1 + \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex + \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi + \else + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} + \fi\fi + \endgroup +} + + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except +% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and +% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy + \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf + \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf +} + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the +% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire +% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. +% +% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in +% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% +% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy + \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \def\curfontsize{text}% + \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} +\def\titlefonts{% + \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl + \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \def\curfontsize{title}% + \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy + \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \def\curfontsize{chap}% + \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy + \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \def\curfontsize{sec}% + \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy + \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \def\curfontsize{ssec}% + \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts +\def\reducedfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl + \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc + \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy + \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl + \def\curfontsize{reduced}% + \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \def\curfontsize{small}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallerfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl + \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc + \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy + \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl + \def\curfontsize{smaller}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} + +% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% --karl, 24jan03. + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\definetextfontsizexi + + +\message{markup,} + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will +% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. +% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost +% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles +% currently in effect. +\newif\ifmarkupvar +\newif\ifmarkupsamp +\newif\ifmarkupkey +%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp. +%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp. +\newif\ifmarkupcode +\newif\ifmarkupkbd +%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code. +%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code. +\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now). +\newif\ifmarkupexample +\newif\ifmarkupverb +\newif\ifmarkupverbatim + +\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty + +\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% + \csname markup#1true\endcsname + \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% + \markupstylesetup +} + +\let\markupstylesetup\empty + +\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup + \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% + \def#1% +} + +% Markup style setup for left and right quotes. +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +{ +\catcode`\'=\active +\catcode`\`=\active + +\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} +\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} + +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} + +\gdef\markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft{\let`\noligaturesquoteleft} +} + +\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright + +\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft + +% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right +% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote +% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it +% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least +% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the +% regular 0x27. +% +\def\codequoteright{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + '% + \else \char'15 \fi + \else \char'15 \fi +} +% +% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. +% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like +% the code environments to do likewise. +% +\def\codequoteleft{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 + % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. + \relax`% + \else \char'22 \fi + \else \char'22 \fi +} + +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. +\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Font commands. + +% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. +% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, +% and 2) do not add an italic correction. +\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% + \ifusingtt + {\ttsl #2\let\next=\relax}% + {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% + \next +} +\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} +\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} + +% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following +% character) is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitaliccorrection{% + \ifx\next,% + \else\ifx\next-% + \else\ifx\next.% + \else\ptexslash + \fi\fi\fi} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl, and no ic. +% @var is set to this for defun arguments. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} + +% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% ttsl for book titles, do we? +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\slanted=\smartslanted +\def\var#1{\smartslanted{#1}} +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% @sansserif, explicit sans. +\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\plainfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m + \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + } + \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + } +\catcode`@=\other +\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default + +% @t, explicit typewriter. +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \null +} + +% @samp. +\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} + +% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. +%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +%\font\keysy=cmsy9 +%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% +% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% +% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt +% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% +% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% +% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} + +% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already +% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But +% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. +% +\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% + \nohyphenation + \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi + #1}\null} + +% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command. +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +% @file, @option are the same as @samp. +\let\file=\samp +\let\option=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \plainfrenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active + \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. + \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active + \ifallowcodebreaks + \let-\codedash + \let_\codeunder + \else + \let-\realdash + \let_\realunder + \fi + \codex + } +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in +% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in +% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. +% +\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue + +\def\keywordtrue{true} +\def\keywordfalse{false} + +\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue + \allowcodebreakstrue + \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse + \allowcodebreaksfalse + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. +\def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}} + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct'. +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi} + +% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\indicateurl=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\command=\code + +% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} +\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} + +% @clickstyle @arrow (by default) +\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} +\def\click{\arrow} + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. +% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for +% all-uppercase. +% +\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} +\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. +% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. +% +\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} +\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no +% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode + \let\"=\ddot + \let\'=\acute + \let\==\bar + \let\^=\hat + \let\`=\grave + \let\u=\breve + \let\v=\check + \let\~=\tilde + \let\dotaccent=\dot + $\finishmath +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \catcode`' = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + \let' = \ptexquoteright + } +} + + +\message{glyphs,} +% and logos. + +% @@ prints an @. +\def\@{\char64 } + +% Used to generate quoted braces. Unless we're in typewriter, use +% \ecfont because the CM text fonts do not have braces, and we don't +% want to switch into math. +\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}} +\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \ptexc +\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \ptext +\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% + \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt + % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. + % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. + \selectfonts\lllsize A% + \fi + }% + \vss + }}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Some math mode symbols. +\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} +\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} +\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} +\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. +% +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + +% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. +% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik +% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and +% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). +% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. +% +% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore +% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular +% font height. +% +% feymr - regular +% feymo - slanted +% feybr - bold +% feybo - bold slanted +% +% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. +% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. +% Hmm. +% +% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? +% Hope not. +% +% +\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} +\def\eurofont{% + % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in + % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that + % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the + % font installed. + % + % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale + % that to the current nominal size. + % + % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but + % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. + % + \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + % + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize + \else + % regular: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize + \fi + \thiseurofont +} + +% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because +% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect +% the redefinition. +% +% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. +\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth +\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth +\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn +\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn +% +\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} +\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} +\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} +\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} +\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} +\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} +\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} +\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} +% +% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but +% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the +% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer +% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. +% +% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using +% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in +% the same EC font. +\def\ogonek#1{{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek + \else + \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% + \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi + }% +} +\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} +\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} +\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} +\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} +% +% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs. +\def\ecfont{% + % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this + % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German + % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so + % hopefully nobody will notice/care. + \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% + \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + % regular: + \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \fi + \thisecfont +} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really +% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% + \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + +% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. +% +\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} + +% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: +% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 +% so we'll define it if necessary. +% +\ifx\Orb\undefined +\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} +\fi + +% Quotes. +\chardef\quotedblleft="5C +\chardef\quotedblright=`\" +\chardef\quoteleft=`\` +\chardef\quoteright=`\' + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the +% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. +% +\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue + +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\envdef\titlepage{% + % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. + \begingroup + \parindent=0pt \textfonts + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \let\page = \oldpage + \page + \null + }% +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} + +\parseargdef\title{% + \checkenv\titlepage + \leftline{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt +} + +\parseargdef\subtitle{% + \checkenv\titlepage + {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% +} + +% @author should come last, but may come many times. +% It can also be used inside @quotation. +% +\parseargdef\author{% + \def\temp{\quotation}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. + \else + \checkenv\titlepage + \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi + {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}% + \fi +} + + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make TeX use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt + \global\advance\vsize by -12pt +} + +\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} + +% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page +% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page +% +% The same set of arguments for: +% +% @oddheadingmarks +% @evenfootingmarks +% @oddfootingmarks +% @everyheadingmarks +% @everyfootingmarks + +\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} +\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} +\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} +\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} +\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } +\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } +% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. +\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname + \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp +} + +\everyheadingmarks bottom +\everyfootingmarks bottom + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination + \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% + \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% +} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting +\HEADINGSoff % it's the default + +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} +\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if + % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no + % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would + % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this + % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert + % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. + % + \penalty 10001 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\envdef\table{% + \let\itemindex\gobble + \tablecheck{table}% +} +\envdef\ftable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{ftable}% +} +\envdef\vtable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{vtable}% +} +\def\tablecheck#1{% + \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active + \endgroup + \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is + that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% + \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% + \else + \let\next\tablex + \fi + \next +} +\def\tablex#1{% + \def\itemindicate{#1}% + \parsearg\tabley +} +\def\tabley#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% + \expandafter + }\temp \endtablez +} +\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi + \itemmax=\tableindent + \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance \leftskip by \tableindent + \exdentamount=\tableindent + \parindent = 0pt + \parskip = \smallskipamount + \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \let\item = \internalBitem + \let\itemx = \internalBitemx +} +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} +\let\Eftable\Etable +\let\Evtable\Etable +\let\Eitemize\Etable +\let\Eenumerate\Etable + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} + +\def\doitemize#1{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + % + % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says + % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error + % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the + % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if + % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% + % + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + % + \let\item=\itemizeitem +} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. +% +\def\itemizeitem{% + \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations + {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break + {% + % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a + % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have + % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero + % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the + % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there + % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much + % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least + % that's the theory. + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% + % + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + \flushcr +} + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a <number>. + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt +% if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might +% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. +% +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. +% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group +% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to +% undo it ourselves. +\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable +\def\headitem{% + \checkenv\multitable + \crcr + \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs + \the\everytab % for the first item +}% +% +% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template +% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until +% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. +% +\envdef\multitable{% + \vskip\parskip + \startsavinginserts + % + % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. + % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries + % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka + % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. + \def\item{\crcr}% + % + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + % + \everycr = {% + \noalign{% + \global\everytab={}% + \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. + % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + \checkinserts + % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + %\filbreak + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the + % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the + % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + }% + }% + % + \parsearg\domultitable +} +\def\domultitable#1{% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup &% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \multistrut + \vtop{% + % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively + % marking characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + }\cr +} +\def\Emultitable{% + \crcr + \egroup % end the \halign + \global\setpercentfalse +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% + \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing + % + % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in + % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on + % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. + % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +\fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} + +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't +% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we +% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't +% attempt to close an environment group. +% +\def\makecond#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax + \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 +} +\makecond{iftex} +\makecond{ifnotdocbook} +\makecond{ifnothtml} +\makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotplaintext} +\makecond{ifnotxml} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. +% +% A count to remember the depth of nesting. +\newcount\doignorecount + +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: + \obeylines + \catcode`\@ = \other + \catcode`\{ = \other + \catcode`\} = \other + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \spaceisspace + % + % Count number of #1's that we've seen. + \doignorecount = 0 + % + % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. + \dodoignore{#1}% +} + +{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. + \obeylines % + % + \gdef\dodoignore#1{% + % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. + % + % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% + \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% + % + % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a + % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for + % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) + \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext ^^M% + }% +} + +\def\doignoreyyy#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. + \let\next\doignoretextzzz + \else % Found a nested condition, ... + \advance\doignorecount by 1 + \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. + % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). + \fi + \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. +} + +% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". +% +\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% + \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. + \let\next\enddoignore + \else % Still inside a nested condition. + \advance\doignorecount by -1 + \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. + \fi + \next +} + +% Finish off ignored text. +{ \obeylines% + % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim + % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional + % would result in a blank line in the output. + \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +} + + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. +% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. +% +\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{#2}% + \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% + \ifx\temp\empty + \next{}% + \else + \setzzz#2\endsetzzz + \fi + }% +} +% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\parseargdef\clear{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax + }% +} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} +{ + \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + % + \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % We don't want these characters active, ... + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. + % So \let them to their normal equivalents. + \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + } +} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). +% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since +% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the +% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain +% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work +% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +\makecond{ifset} +\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} +\def\doifset#1#2{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not set, redefine \next. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the +% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, +% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. +% +\makecond{ifclear} +\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} +\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory=\comment + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. +\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +% +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% +} + + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. +% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, +% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% +\def\indexdummies{% + \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. + \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. + \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% + % + % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy) + % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more + % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we + % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma. + \def\{{{\tt\char123}}% + \def\}{{\tt\char125}}% + % + % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is + % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts + % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, + % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput + % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput + % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that + % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it + % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that + % is still getting written without apparent harm. + % + % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to + % help-texinfo, 22may06): + % @macro funindex {WORD} + % @findex xyz + % @end macro + % ... + % @funindex commtest + % + % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. + % + % Sample whatsit resulting: + % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} + % + % So: + \let\endinput = \empty + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to +% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of +% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, +% this will be simpler. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \def\@{@@}% + \def\ {@ }% + \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd + \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies + \otherbackslash +} + +% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. +% +\def\commondummies{% + % + % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively + % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, + % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for + % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word + % from whatever follows. + % + % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the + % space. + % + % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and + % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then + % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). + % + \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% + \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% + \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + \definedummyletter\_% + % + % Non-English letters. + \definedummyword\AA + \definedummyword\AE + \definedummyword\DH + \definedummyword\L + \definedummyword\O + \definedummyword\OE + \definedummyword\TH + \definedummyword\aa + \definedummyword\ae + \definedummyword\dh + \definedummyword\exclamdown + \definedummyword\l + \definedummyword\o + \definedummyword\oe + \definedummyword\ordf + \definedummyword\ordm + \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\ss + \definedummyword\th + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword\bf + \definedummyword\gtr + \definedummyword\hat + \definedummyword\less + \definedummyword\sf + \definedummyword\sl + \definedummyword\tclose + \definedummyword\tt + % + \definedummyword\LaTeX + \definedummyword\TeX + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\bullet + \definedummyword\comma + \definedummyword\copyright + \definedummyword\registeredsymbol + \definedummyword\dots + \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\entrybreak + \definedummyword\equiv + \definedummyword\error + \definedummyword\euro + \definedummyword\guillemetleft + \definedummyword\guillemetright + \definedummyword\guilsinglleft + \definedummyword\guilsinglright + \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\minus + \definedummyword\ogonek + \definedummyword\pounds + \definedummyword\point + \definedummyword\print + \definedummyword\quotedblbase + \definedummyword\quotedblleft + \definedummyword\quotedblright + \definedummyword\quoteleft + \definedummyword\quoteright + \definedummyword\quotesinglbase + \definedummyword\result + \definedummyword\textdegree + % + % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. + \macrolist + % + \normalturnoffactive + % + % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any + % (non-fully-expandable) commands. + \makevalueexpandable +} + +% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. +% +\def\commondummiesnofonts{% + % Control letters and accents. + \definedummyletter\!% + \definedummyaccent\"% + \definedummyaccent\'% + \definedummyletter\*% + \definedummyaccent\,% + \definedummyletter\.% + \definedummyletter\/% + \definedummyletter\:% + \definedummyaccent\=% + \definedummyletter\?% + \definedummyaccent\^% + \definedummyaccent\`% + \definedummyaccent\~% + \definedummyword\u + \definedummyword\v + \definedummyword\H + \definedummyword\dotaccent + \definedummyword\ogonek + \definedummyword\ringaccent + \definedummyword\tieaccent + \definedummyword\ubaraccent + \definedummyword\udotaccent + \definedummyword\dotless + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \definedummyword\b + \definedummyword\i + \definedummyword\r + \definedummyword\sc + \definedummyword\t + % + % Commands that take arguments. + \definedummyword\acronym + \definedummyword\cite + \definedummyword\code + \definedummyword\command + \definedummyword\dfn + \definedummyword\email + \definedummyword\emph + \definedummyword\env + \definedummyword\file + \definedummyword\kbd + \definedummyword\key + \definedummyword\math + \definedummyword\option + \definedummyword\pxref + \definedummyword\ref + \definedummyword\samp + \definedummyword\strong + \definedummyword\tie + \definedummyword\uref + \definedummyword\url + \definedummyword\var + \definedummyword\verb + \definedummyword\w + \definedummyword\xref +} + +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% +\def\indexnofonts{% + % Accent commands should become @asis. + \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% + % We can just ignore other control letters. + \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% + % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + % how to handle braces? + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + % + % Non-English letters. + \def\AA{AA}% + \def\AE{AE}% + \def\DH{DZZ}% + \def\L{L}% + \def\OE{OE}% + \def\O{O}% + \def\TH{ZZZ}% + \def\aa{aa}% + \def\ae{ae}% + \def\dh{dzz}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% + \def\l{l}% + \def\oe{oe}% + \def\ordf{a}% + \def\ordm{o}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\th{zzz}% + % + \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% + \def\TeX{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\bullet{bullet}% + \def\comma{,}% + \def\copyright{copyright}% + \def\dots{...}% + \def\enddots{...}% + \def\equiv{==}% + \def\error{error}% + \def\euro{euro}% + \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\guillemetleft{<<}% + \def\guillemetright{>>}% + \def\guilsinglleft{<}% + \def\guilsinglright{>}% + \def\minus{-}% + \def\point{.}% + \def\pounds{pounds}% + \def\print{-|}% + \def\quotedblbase{"}% + \def\quotedblleft{"}% + \def\quotedblright{"}% + \def\quoteleft{`}% + \def\quoteright{'}% + \def\quotesinglbase{,}% + \def\registeredsymbol{R}% + \def\result{=>}% + \def\textdegree{o}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax + \else \indexlquoteignore \fi + % + % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). + % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. + % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up + % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry + % that starts with \. + % + % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them + % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that + % goes to end-of-line is not handled. + % + \macrolist +} + +% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us +% ignore left quotes in the sort term. +{\catcode`\`=\active + \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + +% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. +% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} + +% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- +% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception +% is with most defuns, which call us directly). +% +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + \iflinks + {% + % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). + \toks0 = {#2}% + % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite + }% + \fi +} + +% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: +% +\def\dosubindwrite{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% + \fi + % + % Remember, we are within a group. + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to + % get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion + \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + }% + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\writeto{% + \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: +% +% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it +% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting +% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the +% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that +% sequences like this: +% @end defun +% @tindex whatever +% @defun ... +% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the +% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of +% the previous defun. +% +% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We +% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. +% +% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. +% +% But wait, there is a catch there: +% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not +% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts +% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual +% representation of the skip. +% +% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that +% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). +% +\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} +% +\newskip\whatsitskip +\newcount\whatsitpenalty +% +% ..., ready, GO: +% +\def\safewhatsit#1{% +\ifhmode + #1% +\else + % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. + \whatsitskip = \lastskip + \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% + \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty + % + % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a + % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this + % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential + % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + \else + \vskip-\whatsitskip + \fi + % + #1% + % + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and + % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want + % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various + % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any + % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: + % + % @deffn deffn-whatever + % @vindex index-whatever + % Description. + % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit + % and the "Description." paragraph. + \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi + \else + % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, + % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item + % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. + \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip + \fi +\fi +} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \plainfrenchspacing + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains + % \initial {@} + % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces + % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + \putwordIndexNonexistent + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +\def\initial#1{{% + % Some minor font changes for the special characters. + \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt + % + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + \nobreak + \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip + \penalty 0 + \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip + \leftline{\secbf #1}% + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip +}} + +% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and +% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index +% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +% A straightforward implementation would start like this: +% \def\entry#1#2{... +% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to +% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- +% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. +% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. +% --kasal, 21nov03 +\def\entry{% + \begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing + % columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks + % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section + % titles, for instance. + \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% + \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% + % + % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): + \afterassignment\doentry + \let\temp = +} +\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% +\def\doentry{% + \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. + \noindent + \aftergroup\finishentry + % And now comes the text of the entry. +} +\def\finishentry#1{% + % #1 is the page number. + % + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt + \ % + \else + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \ \the\toksA + \else + \ #1% + \fi + \fi + \par + \endgroup +} + +% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm +\def\secondary#1#2{{% + \parfillskip=0in + \parskip=0in + \hangindent=1in + \hangafter=1 + \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + #2 + \fi + \par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi + % + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. +\def\pagesofar{% + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +% +% All done with double columns. +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised + % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the + % following situation: + % + % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. + % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no + % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last + % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not + % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following + % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject + % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output + % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last + % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which + % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with + % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as + % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page + % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the + % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page + % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final + % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after + % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns + % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see + % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. + % + % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the + % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). + \penalty0 + % + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the + % current page, no automatic page break. + \balancecolumns + % + % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, + % though, there will be another page break right after this \output + % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be + % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes + % the output somewhat more palatable.) + \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% + }% + \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the + % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. +\def\balancecolumns{% + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + % + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +% Let's start with @part. +\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} +\def\partzzz#1{% + \chapoddpage + \null + \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit + \begingroup + \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text + \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with + \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc + \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page + \chapoddpage + \endgroup +} + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered +% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf +% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter +% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 +% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) +\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +% +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple +% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +% +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number +% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use +% these. @section does likewise. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thischapternum{} +\def\thischaptername{} +\def\thissection{} +\def\thissectionnum{} +\def\thissectionname{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% we only have subsub. +\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 +% +% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel +% +% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: +% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. +\def\chapheadtype{N} + +% Choose a heading macro +% #1 is heading type +% #2 is heading level +% #3 is text for heading +\def\genhead#1#2#3{% + % Compute the abs. sec. level: + \absseclevel=#2 + \advance\absseclevel by \secbase + % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: + \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 + \absseclevel = 0 + \else + \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 + \absseclevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % The heading type: + \def\headtype{#1}% + \if \headtype U% + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel + \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel + \fi + \else + % Check for appendix sections: + \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 + \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% + \else + \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% + \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% + \fi\fi + \fi + % Check for numbered within unnumbered: + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel + \def\headtype{U}% + \else + \chardef\unnlevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % Now print the heading: + \if \headtype U% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \if \headtype A% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#3}% + \or \seczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% an interface: +\def\numhead{\genhead N} +\def\apphead{\genhead A} +\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset +% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. +% +% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers +% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. +\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty +% +\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz#1{% + % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such + % as an @include file. + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\chapno by 1 + % + % Used for \float. + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% + % + % Write the actual heading. + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% + % + % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz +% +\def\appendixzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\appendixno by 1 + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% + % + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 + % + % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. + \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty + \resetallfloatnos + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, + % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}% + \message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% + % + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% + % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break + % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. + % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters + \unnmhead0{#1}% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\let\top\unnumbered + +% Sections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% +} +\let\appendixsec\appendixsection + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% +} + +% Subsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% Subsubsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% + {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\let\section = \numberedsec +\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + +\def\majorheading{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + \parsearg\chapheadingzzz +} + +\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright + \rmisbold #1\hfill}}% + \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will +% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't +% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. +\def\chapoddpage{% + \chappager + \ifodd\pageno \else + \begingroup + \headingsoff + \null + \chappager + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +% Chapter opening. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, +% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% +% To test against our argument. +\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +% +\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{}}% + % + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% + % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \else + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% + % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark + % + % Insert the chapter heading break. + \pchapsepmacro + % + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \domark + % + {% + \chapfonts \rmisbold + % + % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the + % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called + % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix + % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unnchap}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry + \def\toctype{omit}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{numchap}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the + % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc + % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. + \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% + % + % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make + % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has + % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the + % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not + % being visible, for instance under high magnification. + \donoderef{#2}% + % + % Typeset the actual heading. + \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerparameters{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt +} + + +% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not +% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. +% +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} +% +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright + \rmisbold #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rmisbold #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\CHAPFopen{% + \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen + \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and +% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. +% +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip\subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} +\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} + + +% Print any size, any type, section title. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is +% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the +% section number. +% +\def\seckeyword{sec} +% +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold + % + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% + \fi + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % Don't redefine \thissection. + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \else + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we + % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph + % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. + \par + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark + % + % Insert space above the heading. + \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname + % + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \domark + % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unn}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, + % and don't redefine \lastsection. + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{omit}% + \let\sectionlevel=\empty + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{num}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. + \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% + % + % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). + % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. + \donoderef{#3}% + % + % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. + % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be + % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the + % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that + % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the + % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. + \nobreak + % + % Output the actual section heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #1}% + }% + % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. + % Don't allow stretch, though. + \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname + % + % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it + % was followed by glue. + \nobreak + % + % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that + % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a + % discardable item.) + \vskip-\parskip + % + % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > + % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after + % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: + % + % @section sec-whatever + % @deffn def-whatever + \penalty 10001 +} + + +\message{toc,} +% Table of contents. +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. +% +% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} +% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional +% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually +% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the +% destination to jump to. +% +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the +% table of contents chapter openings themselves. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\omitkeyword{omit}% +% +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \edef\writetoctype{#1}% + \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + {\atdummies + \edef\temp{% + \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% + \temp + }% + \fi + \fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're + % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't + % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered + % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first + % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named + % `1', and two named `2'. + \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi +} + + +% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman +% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant +% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. +% +\def\activecatcodes{% + \catcode`\"=\active + \catcode`\$=\active + \catcode`\<=\active + \catcode`\>=\active + \catcode`\\=\active + \catcode`\^=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\|=\active + \catcode`\~=\active +} + + +% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. +\def\readtocfile{% + \setupdatafile + \activecatcodes + \input \tocreadfilename +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + % + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi +} + +% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on +% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. +% +\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} + +% Normal (long) toc. +% +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \ifeof 1 \else + \pdfmakeoutlines + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\partentry = \shortpartentry + \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} + \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \closein 1 + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + % + % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange + % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and + % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 + % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters + % there are before deciding ... + \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% +} + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't +% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. +% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. +\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} +\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}} +% +% Parts, in the short toc. +\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% + \penalty-300 + \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip + \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% +} + +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +% +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% +} + +% Appendices, in the main contents. +% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. +% +\def\appendixbox#1{% + % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% + \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} +% +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} + +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} + +% Sections. +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% Subsections. +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +% Same as \defaultparindent. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. +\let\tocentry = \entry + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} + + +\message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. + +\envdef\tex{% + \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other + \catcode`\`=\other + \catcode`\'=\other + \escapechar=`\\ + % + % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our + % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. + \mathactive + % + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\*=\ptexstar + \let\t=\ptext + \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer + \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +} +% There is no need to define \Etex. + +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will +% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\envdef\cartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. + \startsavinginserts + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from + % each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \kern3pt + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip + \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. +} +\def\Ecartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup + \checkinserts +} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\newdimen\nonfillparindent +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate + % the normal \indent. + \nonfillparindent=\parindent + \parindent = 0pt + \let\indent\nonfillindent + % + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent +} + +\begingroup +\obeyspaces +% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake +% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally +% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after +% @indent. +\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% +\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% +\ifx\temp % +\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% +\else% +\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% +\fi% +}% +\endgroup +\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} +\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} + +% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. +% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. +% This affects the following displayed environments: +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp +% +\def\smallword{small} +\def\nosmallword{nosmall} +\let\SETdispenvsize\relax +\def\setnormaldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword + % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank + % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but + % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient + % to change the fonts afterward. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} +\def\setsmalldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword + \else + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} + +% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. +% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. +\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak + \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak +} + +% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. +\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% + \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% + \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% +} +% +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; +% @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% + \nonfillstart + \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} +% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\makedispenvdef{display}{% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\makedispenvdef{format}{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. +\envdef\flushleft{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak + +% @flushright. +% +\envdef\flushright{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak + + +% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right +% justification. From plain.tex. +\envdef\raggedright{% + \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax +} +\let\Eraggedright\par + +\envdef\raggedleft{% + \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedleft\par + +\envdef\raggedcenter{% + \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedcenter\par + + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since +% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and +% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. +% +\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} +% +\def\quotationstart{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \parsearg\quotationlabel +} + +% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're +% doing normal filling. +% +\def\Equotation{% + \par + \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + % indent a bit. + \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% + \fi + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} +\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} + +% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. +\def\quotationlabel#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + {\bf #1: }% + \fi +} + + +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} +% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% + % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and + % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and + % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. + %\do\`\do\'% +} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion. +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle +% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent, +% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the +% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before +% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands +% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself. +\newbox\verbbox +\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw + \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup + +% start the verbatim environment. +\def\setupverbatim{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would + % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode. + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}% + \tabexpand + \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count. + % Must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but + % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. +\endgroup +% +\envdef\verbatim{% + \setupverbatim\doverbatim +} +\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak + + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \setupverbatim + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \input #1 + \afterenvbreak + }% +} + +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is very desirable. +% +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} +\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% +\def\insertcopying{% + \begingroup + \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page + \scanexp\copyingtext + \endgroup +} + + +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt +\newcount\defunpenalty + +% Start the processing of @deffn: +\def\startdefun{% + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \medbreak + \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the + % following @def command, see below. + \else + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a + % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted + % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow + % a break between a section heading and a defun. + % + % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling + % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the + % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following + % @def command. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi + % + % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. + % But do insert the glue. + \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint + \fi + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent +} + +\def\dodefunx#1{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. + % It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi + % + % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: + \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% +} +\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} + +% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% +\def\printdefunline#1#2{% + \begingroup + % call \deffnheader: + #1#2 \endheader + % common ending: + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, + % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. + \checkparencounts + \endgroup +} + +\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} + +% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; +% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. +% +\def\makedefun#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun + \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun + \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% + \temp +} + +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader +% +% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. +% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. +% +\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% + \envdef#1{% + \startdefun + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% + \def#3% +} + +%%% Untyped functions: + +% @deffn category name args +\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} + +% @deffn category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \defopon {category on}class name args +\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args +% +\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed functions: + +% @deftypefn category type name args +\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} + +% @deftypeop category class type name args +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args +\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args +% +\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed variables: + +% @deftypevr category type var args +\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} + +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args +\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args +% +\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Untyped variables: + +% @defvr category var args +\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } + +% @defcv category class var args +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \defcvof {category of}class var args +\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } + +%%% Type: +% @deftp category name args +\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% + \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% +} + +% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: +\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } +\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } +\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } +\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the category, such as "Function". +% #2 is the return type, if any. +% #3 is the function name. +% +% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. +% +\def\defname#1#2#3{% + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % + % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \def\temp{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} + % + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, + % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: + \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % The continuations: + \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent + % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) + \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the type name to the right margin. + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{% + \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize + % \hsize has to be shortened this way: + \kern\leftskip + % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {% + % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: + % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. + % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's + % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in + % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. + % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. + % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no + % one has made identifiers using them :). + \df \tt + \def\temp{#2}% return value type + \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + #3% output function name + }% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm + % + \boldbrax + % arguments will be output next, if any. +} + +% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using +% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in +% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very +% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. +% +\def\defunargs#1{% + % use sl by default (not ttsl), + % tt for the names. + \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 + % + % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we + % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. + \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% + #1% + \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 +} + +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active + \catcode`\&=\active +} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +{ + \activeparens + \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen + \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + \global\let& = \& + + \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} + \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} +} + +\newcount\parencount + +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\newif\ifampseen +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} + +\def\parenfont{% + \ifampseen + % At the first level, print parens in roman, + % otherwise use the default font. + \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi + \else + % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than + % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . + \sf + \fi +} +\def\infirstlevel#1{% + \ifampseen + \ifnum\parencount=1 + #1% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} + +\def\opnr{% + \global\advance\parencount by 1 + {\parenfont(}% + \infirstlevel \bfafterword +} +\def\clnr{% + {\parenfont)}% + \infirstlevel \sl + \global\advance\parencount by -1 +} + +\newcount\brackcount +\def\lbrb{% + \global\advance\brackcount by 1 + {\bf[}% +} +\def\rbrb{% + {\bf]}% + \global\advance\brackcount by -1 +} + +\def\checkparencounts{% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi + \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi +} +% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually +% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). +\def\badparencount{% + \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% + \global\parencount=0 +} +\def\badbrackcount{% + \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% + \global\brackcount=0 +} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scantokens#1{% + \toks0={#1}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \input \jobname.tmp + } +\fi + +\def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had + % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears + % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ + % ... and \example + \spaceisspace + % + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX + % --kasal, 29nov03 + \scantokens{#1\endinput}% + \endgroup +} + +\def\scanexp#1{% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% + \temp +} + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? + +% List of all defined macros in the form +% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... +% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split +% if there is a need. +\def\macrolist{} + +% Add the macro to \macrolist +\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} +\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% +} + +% Utility routines. +% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, +% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname +% (except of course we have to play expansion games). +% +\def\cslet#1#2{% + \expandafter\let + \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname#2\endcsname +} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ +% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. +% +% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate +% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to +% confine the change to the current group. +% +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. +% +\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\~=\other + \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi +} + +\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other +} + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions + \scanctxt + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash +} + +\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=0 +} +% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes" +% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands" +% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document. +% +% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for +% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we +% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls): +% +\def\\{\normalbackslash}% +% +% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does. +% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a +% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead. +% +% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind. + + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. +% +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0 + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \fi + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\parseargdef\unmacro{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + % remove this + \else + \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% + \fi +} + +% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a +% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} + +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah +% in the params list to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). +% +% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine +% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% +% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before +% the macro is used. + +\def\parsemargdef#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + \let\xeatspaces\relax + \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% +} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1 + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. +% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% +\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% + +% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +% +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifrecursive + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a +% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole +% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg). +% +\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else + \expandafter\parsearg + \fi \macnamexxx} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% +\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% + {% + \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty + \addtomacrolist{#1}% + \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% + }% + \next +} + + +\message{cross references,} + +\newwrite\auxfile +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in +% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and +% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: +% @node foo , bar , ... +% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. +% +\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} +% +% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: +% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs +\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} + +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\empty + +% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the +% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). +% +\def\donoderef#1{% + \ifx\lastnode\empty\else + \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% + \global\let\lastnode=\empty + \fi +} + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\newcount\savesfregister +% +\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), which consists of three parts: +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, +% or the anchor name. +% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or +% empty for anchors. +% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. +% +% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of +% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: +% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. +% +\def\setref#1#2{% + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + \iflinks + {% + \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% + \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef + ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef + }% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% + \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% + \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. + \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout + }% + \fi +} + +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % Make link in pdf output. + \ifpdf + {\indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ + % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. + \getfilename{#4}% + % + % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + % + \leavevmode + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% + \else + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% + \fi + }% + \setcolor{\linkcolor}% + \fi + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the + % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}{}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} + +% Things referred to by \setref. +% +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Yomitfromtoc{} +\def\Ynumbered{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\Yappendix{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. +% +\def\refx#1#2{% + {% + \indexnofonts + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname XR#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \thisrefX + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's +% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid +% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. +% +\def\xrdef#1#2{% + {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current + % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these + % mess up the control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% + }% + % + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref + % + % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? + \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname + % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist + \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname + % + % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? + \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax + \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do + \else + % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% + \fi + % + % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, + % for later use in \listoffloats. + \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 + {\safexrefname}}% + \fi +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +% +\def\tryauxfile{% + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \readdatafile{aux}% + \global\havexrefstrue + \fi + \closein 1 +} + +\def\setupdatafile{% + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % + % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ + % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than + % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ + % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* + % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that + % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for + % now. --karl, 15jan04. + \catcode`\\=\other + % + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. + {% + \count1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count1=\other + \advance\count1 by 1 + \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\@=0 +} + +\def\readdatafile#1{% +\begingroup + \setupdatafile + \input\jobname.#1 +\endgroup} + + +\message{insertions,} +% including footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \dofootnote +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses +% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \insert\footins\bgroup + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\pagewidth + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create +% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion +% would be lost. +% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. +% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. + +% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. +% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled +% out prematurely. +% +\def\startsavinginserts{% + \ifx \insert\ptexinsert + \let\insert\saveinsert + \else + \let\checkinserts\relax + \fi +} + +% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and +% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. +% +\def\saveinsert#1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% + \afterassignment\next + % swallow the left brace + \let\temp = +} +\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} +\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} + +\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} + +\def\placesaveins#1{% + \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname + {\box#1}% +} + +% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: +{ + \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) + \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} +} + +% initialization: +\def\newsaveins #1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% + \next +} +\def\newsaveinsX #1{% + \csname newbox\endcsname #1% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts + \checksaveins #1}% +} + +% initialize: +\let\checkinserts\empty +\newsaveins\footins +\newsaveins\margin + + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +\closein 1 +% +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} +% +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \imagevmodetrue + \nobreak\medskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \fi + % + % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing + % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if + % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation. + \noindent + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + % + \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image +\endgroup} + + +% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, +% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the +% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. +% +\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} + +% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. +\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} + +% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically +% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, +% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. +% +% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to +% be referable. +% +% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It +% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). +% +% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each +% chapter-level command. +\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty +% +\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + \let\thiscaption=\empty + \let\thisshortcaption=\empty + % + % don't lose footnotes inside @float. + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \startsavinginserts + % + % We can't be used inside a paragraph. + \par + % + \vtop\bgroup + \def\floattype{#1}% + \def\floatlabel{#2}% + \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. + % + \ifx\floattype\empty + \let\safefloattype=\empty + \else + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + \fi + % + % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, + % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) + % + \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname + \global\advance\floatno by 1 + % + {% + % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the + % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float + % labels (which have a completely different output format) from + % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the + % lists of floats. + % + \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% + }% + \fi + % + % start with \parskip glue, I guess. + \vskip\parskip + % + % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. + \restorefirstparagraphindent +} + +% we have these possibilities: +% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap +% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 +% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap +% @float Foo & no caption: Foo +% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap +% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 +% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap +% @float & no caption: +% +\def\Efloat{% + \let\floatident = \empty + % + % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. + \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi + % + % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% + \fi + % the number. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + \fi + % + % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in + % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. + \let\captionline = \floatident + % + \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else + \ifx\floatident\empty \else + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \fi + % + % caption text. + \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% + \fi + % + % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. + % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. + \ifx\captionline\empty \else + \vskip.5\parskip + \captionline + % + % Space below caption. + \vskip\parskip + \fi + % + % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this + % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as + % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short + % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. + {% + \atdummies + % + % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M + % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so + % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. + \scanexp{% + \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \thiscaption + \else + \thisshortcaption + \fi + }% + }% + \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + }% + \fi + \egroup % end of \vtop + % + % place the captured inserts + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning + % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly + % float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \checkinserts +} + +% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. +% +\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% +} + +% @caption, @shortcaption +% +\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} +\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} +\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} + +% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are +% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. +\def\getfloatno#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % Haven't seen this figure type before. + \csname newcount\endcsname #1% + % + % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. + \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos + \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% + \fi + \let\floatno#1% +} + +% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref +% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we +% first read the @float command. +% +\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + +% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can +% distinguish floats from other xref types. +\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} + +% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional +% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic +% \lastsection value which we \setref above. +% +\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} +% +% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the +% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. +% +\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \def\iffloattype{#2}% + \ifx\temp\floatmagic +} + +% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. +% +\parseargdef\listoffloats{% + \def\floattype{#1}% floattype + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + % + % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. + \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax + \ifhavexrefs + % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. + \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% + \fi + \else + \begingroup + \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc + \let\do=\listoffloatsdo + \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the +% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the +% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which +% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. +% +% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since +% they won't appear in the aux file). +% +\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} +\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% + % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just + % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the + % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link + % in pdf output. + \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% + % + % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. + \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% + \writeentry +}} + + +\message{localization,} + +% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very +% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language +% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. +% +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \globaldefs=1 +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup + \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% + \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup % end raw TeX +\endgroup} +% +% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, +% try txi-de.tex. +% +\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 +} +}% end of special _ catcode +% +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current +directory should work if nowhere else does.} + +% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the +% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and +% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. +% +% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. +% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., +% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. +% +% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all +% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in +% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the +% accented characters problem.) +% +\catcode`@=11 +\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% + % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. + \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax + \message{no patterns for #1}% + \else + \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname + \fi + % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. + \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax + \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax +} + +% Helpers for encodings. +% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. +% +\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% + \count255=128 + \loop\ifnum\count255<256 + \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax + \advance\count255 by 1 + \repeat +} + +\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% + \count255=128 + \loop\ifnum\count255<256 + \catcode\count255=#1\relax + \advance\count255 by 1 + \repeat +} + +% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters +% according to the specified encoding. +% +\parseargdef\documentencoding{% + % Encoding being declared for the document. + \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% + % + % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able + % to compare them with \ifx. + \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% + \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% + \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% + \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% + \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% + % + \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii + \asciichardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \lattwochardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \latonechardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \latninechardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \utfeightchardefs + % + \else + \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% + % + \fi % utfeight + \fi % latnine + \fi % latone + \fi % lattwo + \fi % ascii +} + +% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available +% the default font encoding (OT1). +% +\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} + +% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. +\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} + +% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be +% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of +% macros containing the character definitions. +\setnonasciicharscatcode\active +% +% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. +\def\latonechardefs{% + \gdef^^a0{~} + \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} + \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} + \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} + \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} + \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} + \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} + \gdef^^a7{\S} + \gdef^^a8{\"{}} + \gdef^^a9{\copyright} + \gdef^^aa{\ordf} + \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft} + \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} + \gdef^^ad{\-} + \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} + \gdef^^af{\={}} + % + \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} + \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} + \gdef^^b2{$^2$} + \gdef^^b3{$^3$} + \gdef^^b4{\'{}} + \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} + \gdef^^b6{\P} + % + \gdef^^b7{$^.$} + \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdef^^b9{$^1$} + \gdef^^ba{\ordm} + % + \gdef^^bb{\guilletright} + \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} + \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} + \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} + \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} + % + \gdef^^c0{\`A} + \gdef^^c1{\'A} + \gdef^^c2{\^A} + \gdef^^c3{\~A} + \gdef^^c4{\"A} + \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} + \gdef^^c6{\AE} + \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdef^^c8{\`E} + \gdef^^c9{\'E} + \gdef^^ca{\^E} + \gdef^^cb{\"E} + \gdef^^cc{\`I} + \gdef^^cd{\'I} + \gdef^^ce{\^I} + \gdef^^cf{\"I} + % + \gdef^^d0{\DH} + \gdef^^d1{\~N} + \gdef^^d2{\`O} + \gdef^^d3{\'O} + \gdef^^d4{\^O} + \gdef^^d5{\~O} + \gdef^^d6{\"O} + \gdef^^d7{$\times$} + \gdef^^d8{\O} + \gdef^^d9{\`U} + \gdef^^da{\'U} + \gdef^^db{\^U} + \gdef^^dc{\"U} + \gdef^^dd{\'Y} + \gdef^^de{\TH} + \gdef^^df{\ss} + % + \gdef^^e0{\`a} + \gdef^^e1{\'a} + \gdef^^e2{\^a} + \gdef^^e3{\~a} + \gdef^^e4{\"a} + \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} + \gdef^^e6{\ae} + \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdef^^e8{\`e} + \gdef^^e9{\'e} + \gdef^^ea{\^e} + \gdef^^eb{\"e} + \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} + \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} + \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} + \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} + % + \gdef^^f0{\dh} + \gdef^^f1{\~n} + \gdef^^f2{\`o} + \gdef^^f3{\'o} + \gdef^^f4{\^o} + \gdef^^f5{\~o} + \gdef^^f6{\"o} + \gdef^^f7{$\div$} + \gdef^^f8{\o} + \gdef^^f9{\`u} + \gdef^^fa{\'u} + \gdef^^fb{\^u} + \gdef^^fc{\"u} + \gdef^^fd{\'y} + \gdef^^fe{\th} + \gdef^^ff{\"y} +} + +% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. +\def\latninechardefs{% + % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. + \latonechardefs + % + \gdef^^a4{\euro} + \gdef^^a6{\v S} + \gdef^^a8{\v s} + \gdef^^b4{\v Z} + \gdef^^b8{\v z} + \gdef^^bc{\OE} + \gdef^^bd{\oe} + \gdef^^be{\"Y} +} + +% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. +\def\lattwochardefs{% + \gdef^^a0{~} + \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}} + \gdef^^a2{\u{}} + \gdef^^a3{\L} + \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} + \gdef^^a5{\v L} + \gdef^^a6{\'S} + \gdef^^a7{\S} + \gdef^^a8{\"{}} + \gdef^^a9{\v S} + \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} + \gdef^^ab{\v T} + \gdef^^ac{\'Z} + \gdef^^ad{\-} + \gdef^^ae{\v Z} + \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} + % + \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} + \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}} + \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }} + \gdef^^b3{\l} + \gdef^^b4{\'{}} + \gdef^^b5{\v l} + \gdef^^b6{\'s} + \gdef^^b7{\v{}} + \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdef^^b9{\v s} + \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} + \gdef^^bb{\v t} + \gdef^^bc{\'z} + \gdef^^bd{\H{}} + \gdef^^be{\v z} + \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} + % + \gdef^^c0{\'R} + \gdef^^c1{\'A} + \gdef^^c2{\^A} + \gdef^^c3{\u A} + \gdef^^c4{\"A} + \gdef^^c5{\'L} + \gdef^^c6{\'C} + \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdef^^c8{\v C} + \gdef^^c9{\'E} + \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}} + \gdef^^cb{\"E} + \gdef^^cc{\v E} + \gdef^^cd{\'I} + \gdef^^ce{\^I} + \gdef^^cf{\v D} + % + \gdef^^d0{\DH} + \gdef^^d1{\'N} + \gdef^^d2{\v N} + \gdef^^d3{\'O} + \gdef^^d4{\^O} + \gdef^^d5{\H O} + \gdef^^d6{\"O} + \gdef^^d7{$\times$} + \gdef^^d8{\v R} + \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} + \gdef^^da{\'U} + \gdef^^db{\H U} + \gdef^^dc{\"U} + \gdef^^dd{\'Y} + \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} + \gdef^^df{\ss} + % + \gdef^^e0{\'r} + \gdef^^e1{\'a} + \gdef^^e2{\^a} + \gdef^^e3{\u a} + \gdef^^e4{\"a} + \gdef^^e5{\'l} + \gdef^^e6{\'c} + \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdef^^e8{\v c} + \gdef^^e9{\'e} + \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}} + \gdef^^eb{\"e} + \gdef^^ec{\v e} + \gdef^^ed{\'\i} + \gdef^^ee{\^\i} + \gdef^^ef{\v d} + % + \gdef^^f0{\dh} + \gdef^^f1{\'n} + \gdef^^f2{\v n} + \gdef^^f3{\'o} + \gdef^^f4{\^o} + \gdef^^f5{\H o} + \gdef^^f6{\"o} + \gdef^^f7{$\div$} + \gdef^^f8{\v r} + \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} + \gdef^^fa{\'u} + \gdef^^fb{\H u} + \gdef^^fc{\"u} + \gdef^^fd{\'y} + \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} + \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} +} + +% UTF-8 character definitions. +% +% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some +% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by +% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. +% +\newcount\countUTFx +\newcount\countUTFy +\newcount\countUTFz + +\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} +% +\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} +% +\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} + +\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% + \else + \expandafter #1% + \fi +} + +\begingroup + \catcode`\~13 + \catcode`\"12 + + \def\UTFviiiLoop{% + \global\catcode\countUTFx\active + \uccode`\~\countUTFx + \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% + \advance\countUTFx by 1 + \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy + \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop + \fi} + + \countUTFx = "C2 + \countUTFy = "E0 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} + \UTFviiiLoop + + \countUTFx = "E0 + \countUTFy = "F0 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} + \UTFviiiLoop + + \countUTFx = "F0 + \countUTFy = "F4 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} + \UTFviiiLoop +\endgroup + +\begingroup + \catcode`\"=12 + \catcode`\<=12 + \catcode`\.=12 + \catcode`\,=12 + \catcode`\;=12 + \catcode`\!=12 + \catcode`\~=13 + + \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% + \countUTFz = "#1\relax + \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% + \begingroup + \parseXMLCharref + \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% + \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% + \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% + \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% + \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% + \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% + \endgroup} + + \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% + \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% + \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% + \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax + \parseUTFviiiA;% + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% + \else + \parseUTFviiiA;% + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiA!% + \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% + \fi\fi\fi + } + + \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% + \countUTFx = \countUTFz + \divide\countUTFz by 64 + \countUTFy = \countUTFz + \multiply\countUTFz by 64 + \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz + \advance\countUTFx by 128 + \uccode `#1\countUTFx + \countUTFz = \countUTFy} + + \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% + \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax + \uccode `#3\countUTFz + \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} +\endgroup + +\def\utfeightchardefs{% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} +}% end of \utfeightchardefs + + +% US-ASCII character definitions. +\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done + \relax +} + +% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with +% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a +% document encoding. +% +\setnonasciicharscatcode \other + + +\message{formatting,} + +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 6666 + +% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; +% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; +% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \pageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \pagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of + % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. + \pdfhorigin = 1 true in + \pdfvorigin = 1 true in + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {-.2in}{0in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm +}} + +% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. +% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) +\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% + {-.2in}{-.4in}% + {0pt}{14pt}% + {9in}{6in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.25in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .4cm +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm +}} + +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt + % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \hfuzz = 1.2pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{\textleading}% + % + \dimen0 = #1\relax + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. +\catcode`\^^? = 14 + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt +% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt\char126}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +\let\realunder=_ +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt\char124}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after +% parsing them. +\def\turnoffactive{% + \normalturnoffactive + \otherbackslash +} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ +\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and +% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} + +% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +% in fixed width font. +\catcode`\\=\active +@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} +% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: +% @let \ = @normalbackslash + +% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} +@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. +% +@def@normalturnoffactive{% + @let\=@normalbackslash + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let~=@normaltilde + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let+=@normalplus + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @markupsetuplqdefault + @markupsetuprqdefault + @unsepspaces +} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other + +@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and +@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we +@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. +@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. +@catcode`@'=@active +@catcode`@`=@active +@markupsetuplqdefault +@markupsetuprqdefault + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: + +@c vim:sw=2: + +@ignore + arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 +@end ignore diff --git a/config/uintmax_t.m4 b/config/uintmax_t.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5f28d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/uintmax_t.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +AC_PREREQ(2.13) + +# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long' +# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) + test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \ + && ac_type='unsigned long long' \ + || ac_type='unsigned long' + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type, + [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long + if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.]) + else + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1, + [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/ulonglong.m4 b/config/ulonglong.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1da8b80 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/ulonglong.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# ulonglong.m4 serial 3 +dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG if 'unsigned long long' works. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long, + [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1ULL; int i = 63;], + [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1; + return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;], + ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes, + ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)]) + if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, + [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/wchar_t.m4 b/config/wchar_t.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8fd1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/config/wchar_t.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether <stddef.h> has the 'wchar_t' type. +dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC + +AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h> + wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , + gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)]) + if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/wint_t.m4 b/config/wint_t.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d8d215 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/wint_t.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# wint_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether <wchar.h> has the 'wint_t' type. +dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC + +AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <wchar.h> + wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , + gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)]) + if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/config/xsize.m4 b/config/xsize.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b7cf9b --- /dev/null +++ b/config/xsize.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# xsize.m4 serial 2 +dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE], +[ + dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h. + AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX]) + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) +]) |